Home

Fujitsu MAP3147 User's Manual

1. 3 1 18 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5E Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 X 5E 1 0 0 0 Service Action 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Allocation Length MSB 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link C141 E167 3 49 Command Specifications The PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command obtains information about the reservation requirements and reservation keys that are valid in the target range This command is used in combination with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command See Section 3 1 19 When this command is received if the reservation in the target is enabled by the RESERVE command the command is rejected and is returned with the RESERVATION CONFLICT status If the reservation is enabled by a persistent reservation this command can be executed normally The length of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data that can be returned by this command is displayed in the parameter data field If the specified allocation length in the CDB is not sufficient for containing the entire parameter list a portion of the parameter list from byte 0 to the specified allocation length is sent This is not assumed to be an error If the remaining part of the parameter must be read the initiator must specify a value that is sufficient for containing the entire list in the Allocation Length field and issue the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command again 3 1 18
2. Set at shipping time b UNTATN UNIT ATTENTION report mode c d e This specifies the response method to commands received from the INIT when the IDD is holding a UNIT ATTENTION condition 1 Report 0 No Report The IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status Standard SCSI specification in response to commands other than INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE The IDD terminates all commands that are received normally A CHECK CONDITION status which causes a UNIT ATTENTION condition is not reported Set at shipping time SDTR synchronous data transfer request Specifies whether or not it is permitted for the TARG to request a synchronous mode data transfer 1 Permitted 0 Prohibited After the power is switched on after a RESET condition occurs or when the first command is received following reception of a BUS DEVICE RESET message if a SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST SDTR message is not sent by the INIT the IDD sends the SDTR message and attempts to establish synchronous mode data transfer Even if it is necessary to establish synchronous mode data transfer no SDTR message is sent from the IDD However if a SDTR message is sent from the INIT the IDD responds normally Set at shipping time RSRTY reselection retry This specifies the number of retries in the RESELECTION phase ad Rats Unlimited o 10 times Set at shipping time PHSCRC Phase CRC This bit specif
3. BYTE Code Description 58 to 59 OX00 OX40 SAM2 60 to 61 OX0B OX54 SPI4 T10 1356 rev07 62 to 63 OX01 0X3C SPC ANSI X3 301 1997 64 to 65 OXS01 OX9B SBC T10 0996 revO8C 66 to 67 OX00 OX00 68 to 69 OX00 OX00 70 to 71 Ox00 OX00 72 to 73 OX00 OX00 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 6 Command Support Data Figure 3 2 shows the format and contents of the command support data transferred to the INIT by this command if 0 is specified in the EVPD bit and 1 is specified in the CmdDt bit Bit 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Qualifier Device Type Code 1 0 0 0 0 Support 2 Version 3 X 00 Reserved 4 X 00 Reserved 5 CDB Size m 5 6 S CDB Usage Data m Figure 3 2 Command support data a Qualifier Device Type Code Version These fields are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data b This field indicates the value defined below Support Bit 2 1 Description 0 0 Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not currently available 0 0 The device server does not support the tested SCSI operation code All data after byte 1 is undefined 0 1 Reserved 0 1 The device server supports the tested SCSI operation code in conformance with an SCSI standard 1 0 Vendor specific undefined 1 0 The device server supports the tested SCSI operation code in a vendor specific manner 1 1 Vendor specific unde
4. C141 E167 1 1 Command Format 6 Note It is possible that bits 7 and 6 of the control byte will be used in future product specifications as an inherent control field It is recommended that zeros be specified in this field Handling an illegal CDB If there is an error in the contents of a description specification in the CDB or if there is an error in the specifications in parameters transferred from the INIT by CDB specifying that command ends with a CHECK CONDITION status In the case of a command to change the data on the disk media when there is an error in the CDB s specifications the disk media is not changed by that command But when there is an error in the parameters transferred in the DATA OUT phase the contents of the disk media in the range specified by the command may be changed Also even in cases where there is an error in the CDB s specifications in a command accompanying the DATA OUT phase the DATA OUT phase is executed after the COMMAND phase is terminated but those data are not used For example if there is an error in the CDB specification of a WRITE command the IDD executes the transfers several bytes of data the data length to be transferred is not specified but those data are not written to the disk media Details are described in the individual command specifications in Chapter 3 If there is an error in the CDB specification in a command which executes disconnect processing shown in Sectio
5. This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by using the rules for asynchorous event reporting as described in the SCSI 3 Architecture Model and the relevant Protocol Standard The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition Generate unit attention This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to UNIT ATTENTION and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall not be executed before the informational exception condition is reported Conditionally generate recovered error This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions dependent on the value of the per bit of the error recovery parameters mode page by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported Unconditionally generate recovered error This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions regardless of the value of the
6. Transfer Byte Length or Parameter List Length that command specifies data length to be transferred between the INIT and the IDD expressed as the number of bytes When 0 is specified in this field data transfer is not executed except in cases where it is expressly stated in the individual command specifications in Chapter 3 In commands which send parameters necessary for executing a command from the INIT to the IDD this field is called the Parameter List Length and it specifies the total number of types in the parameter list which the INIT is sending On the other hand in commands for receiving information from the IDD REQUEST SENSE INQUIRY etc this field is called the Transfer Byte Length and specifies the maximum number of bytes which the INIT can receive the number of bytes of area secured within the INIT for receiving information The IDD transfers either the number of effective bytes of the type of information specified in the command or the value specified in the Transfer Byte Length field whichever is the smallest number of bytes and only that number to the INIT Control byte Command link is specified by this bit is 1 Details of the operation of the command link are described in Section 1 3 2 Bit 7 6 vendor unique Except in cases where it is expressly specified in the individual commands specification of these bits has no meaning and the IDD disregards the specified values
7. length 3 24 3 33 verification method 6 6 data buffer 2 1 configuration 2 2 management 2 1 configuration and basic operation 2 1 data byte length physical sector 4 16 data defect list 3 88 data only with address specification 3 104 3 109 data overrun 4 40 data space configuration 1 31 data strobe offset count 4 5 data transfer disconnect control 4 12 data underrun 4 40 data which is object of caching 2 7 date of manufacture 4 53 DCR 4 4 4 20 DCRT 3 79 default value 3 79 defect data configuration 3 89 list configuration 3 86 defect descriptor 3 80 3 81 list 3 90 defect list 3 75 3 80 6 1 format 3 90 length 3 79 3 90 defect management 6 1 defect processing during initialization 3 82 definition of data space 1 29 demand read retention priority 4 24 detailed information 5 11 device serial No 3 11 device serial number field 3 8 device type code 3 5 3 9 DExcpt 4 34 DImm 4 13 disable certification 3 79 correction 4 4 4 20 exception control 4 34 primary 3 78 read ahead 4 25 save 3 47 transfer on error 4 4 4 20 update 3 47 disabling caching data 2 7 DISC 4 24 disconnect immediate 4 13 IN 2 C141 E167 disconnect processing 1 11 1 12 exception 1 14 procedure after COMMAND phase execution 1 13 procedure after data transfer execution 1 13 disconnect reconnect parameter 4 10 disconnect time limit 4 12 disk drive error and number of retries 5 25 recovery processing 5 21 disk media initialization 6
8. If error correction is prohibited DCR 1 EER 0 reading of data as in item 2 is retried up to the number of times specified in Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write If the error cannot be recovered from even when this retry processing is executed the IDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is MEDIUM ERROR 3 and the sense code indicates Unrecovered read error 11 00 Other internal IDD errors If an irrecoverable error other than those in items 1 to 3 above is detected internally in the IDD the IDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is HARDWARE ERROR 4 Auto alternate block allocation processing The IDD is equipped with a function which automatically executes alternate block allocation processing for defective data blocks detected during execution of the READ and READ EXTENDED commands Auto alternate block allocation processing during a read operation This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the ARRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only READ command READ EXTENDED command When this function is permitted if during read processing to the data area an error which is an object of retry processing is detected
9. group code 1 3 grown defect list 3 76 grown list 3 90 C141 E167 IN 3 Index H handling illegal CDB 1 5 hard sectoring 4 17 header 3 16 3 22 3 32 3 78 3 89 header data with address specification 3 108 without address specification 3 103 3 107 head offset count 4 5 HSEC 4 17 IC 4 24 IDD SCSIID 5 11 wide data transfer request 3 16 if disconnecting after final data transfer is completed 1 13 if disconnecting during data transfer 1 13 if disconnect processing in impossible 1 17 if IDD is reserved 1 17 ILI 5 3 illegal LUN specification 1 24 Immed 3 79 immediate 3 79 case of 8 cache segment 2 2 sense data hold state 1 21 state other than sense data hold state 1 21 incorrect length indicator 5 3 informal exception control page 4 33 information 5 3 unit supported 3 8 informational exception control page 4 33 INIT error recovery method 5 11 initialization during installation 6 3 initiator control enable 4 24 INQUIRY 1 17 3 2 command 1 21 interleave factor 4 16 INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MET status 1 8 INTERMEDIATE status 1 7 interval timer 4 36 issuing FORMAT UNIT command 6 4 issuing MODE SELECT command 6 4 IUS bit 3 8 L LBCSS 4 26 LBIN 3 47 link 1 4 list parameter 3 47 look ahead cache feature 2 6 logical block address 1 3 addressing 1 32 cache segment size 4 26 logical or physical notch 4 32 logical physical address conversion 3 96 3 100 logical unit number 1 3 reserve function 3 38 s
10. 4 1 3 Format parameter page code 3 The Page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 3 pee ee ae ee ra alae e a eela a o o a o fe fo fe oo Figure 4 3 MODE SELECT parameters format parameters 4 14 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Parameters for specifying alternate processing areas for defective blocks bytes 2 to 9 The following 4 parameters specify the position and number of spare sectors for performing defective block alternate allocation processing on the disk media See Chapter 3 Data Format of Product Manual for details of the IDD s alternate block processing Track count zone This parameter specifies the number of tracks a unit for alternating blocks The INIT cannot clearly specify this value The IDD ignores the specification for this bit If the value of the Active Notch in Page C is 0 the Number of tracks a cell is reported for the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands If not the total number of track of the zone which is specified as the Active Notch is reported Alternate sector count zone This parameter specifies the number of sectors per one cell as the number of spare sectors secured for use as alternate blocks In the IDD this parameter indicates the number of spare sectors secured in each cell The maximum permissible value of this parameter either the number of physical sectors per track in the last cell 1 or 84 whichever is smaller It
11. C141 E167 Command Specifications e Page parameter length This field shows the byte length of the page parameter after byte 4 e Page parameter Data which show the execution results of the operation specified by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command are reported in this field 1 Page code list This response data reports the Page code list of the parameter page supported by the IDD in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command after byte 4 The format and contents of this response data are shown in Figure 3 22 mi X 00 Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 3 22 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data page code list 2 Logical physical address conversion This response data reports the execution results of address conversion specified in the Logical Physical Address Conversion parameter in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command in bytes after byte 4 The format and contents of this response data are shown in Figure 3 23 3 100 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands pee S ao 0 0 Stes e a TENEN OO O a e 7 ea OOOO o Figure 3 23 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data logical physical address conversion Note The value of the Page Parameter Length field in this response data is a variable length within the range of 2 8n in the SCSI specifications For example If multiple logical data blocks are located in 1 physical sector or if 1 logical data bloc
12. Transfer data length In this field the length of data to be transferred between INIT and TARG when the command is executed is specified by the number of logical data blocks or the number of bytes In subsequent descriptions the former is called the transfer block count and the latter is called the transfer byte length or parameter list length C141 E167 1 3 Command Processing 5 Furthermore this field may be used with a different meaning or it may not have any meaning at all depending on the type of command There are also some commands which allocate 3 or more bytes as the transfer data length field Detailed specifications of these commands are described in the individual command specifications in Chapter 3 a Transfer block count When the Transfer Data Length is specified as the Transfer Block Count this field specifies the number of logical data blocks to be transferred between INIT and the IDD In commands where this field is 1 byte in length if the field s specified value is 0 it is regarded as specifying 256 blocks and it is possible to specify a block count ranging from 1 to 256 blocks On the other hand in commands where this field is 2 bytes in length if the field s specified value is 0 no data transfer is executed It is possible to specify a block count ranging from 0 to 65 535 blocks Transfer byte length or parameter list length When this field is specified as the
13. a serious error was detected in the drive s control system K Sense Key C Sense Code Q Sub sense code L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 C141 E167 5 15 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Table 5 3 Sense data error classification 3 of 4 mp m Recovery Method Q utline of Error See Table 4 4 Invalid command operation code None Logical block address out of range Invalid field in CDB Logical unit not supported Invalid field in parameter list There is an error in the command specification contents Invalid bits in IDENTIFY message None Initiator s SCSI ID not identified An error was detected in the SCSI protocol in the command execution sequence Power on reset or BUS DEVICE RESET occurred None 14 The IDD was initialized by a Power on RESET condition or BUS DEVICE RESET message Mode parameters changed None 21 The MODE SELECT parameters were changed by another INIT 2F Commands cleared by another INIT None 25 a G 3F 01 Microcode has been changed None 27 LY i kemaon O e 5B Log exception Threshold condition met None 26 The current cumulative value exceeded the current threshold value 02 Log count at maximum The current cumulative value reached the maximum value 5C 01 Spindle synchronized None 22 Rotational synchronization was completed Bi eee a Rotational synchronization deviated Eee Access to a read protected or write protected Command sequence error None 2 The SET LIMI
14. and sense data is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 In fields on the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list information about the reservation key and elements that are required for executing the PERSISTENT RESERVATION service action is specified The parameter list is 24 bytes in length so the Parameter List Length field must contain 24 18h If the parameter list length is not 24 18h the drive returns the CHECK CONDITION status Moreover the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 and the sense data is set to PARAMETER LIST LENGTH ERROR 1A 00 A logical unit uses nonvolatile memory to maintain persistent reservations and the registered keys even after unit power is turned off The AL 7 series product uses the SA space If the nonvolatile memory is in the access disabled state when the Active Persist Through Power Loss facility is enabled to maintain reservation requirements after unit power is turned off by issuing the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command the drive returns the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to NOT READY 2 and sense data is set as defined in the TEST UNIT READY command 3 1 19 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions To execute a service action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT the drive updates the Generation value as described in the Section 3 1 18 Table 3 3 describes the service actions of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command C141 E167 3 57 Command Specifications Table 3 3
15. and the INIT must always specify transfer those formats and lengths C141 E167 3 19 Command Specifications If a Header Block Descriptor or any Page Descriptor cannot be transferred with all the defined length because the total defined length of the MODE SELECT parameters actually transferred from the INIT do not match the value specified in the Parameter List Length field or if the total of the MODE SELECT parameter s defined length transferred from the INIT exceeds the value specified in the Parameter list length field this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 and all the MODE SELECT parameters transferred in the command are disabled Three types of values exist in the MODE SELECT parameters Current Save and Default values Current values are parameters which actually control the IDD s operation and the parameters specified by this command are converted to Current values Save values are parameter values specified by this command which are preserved on the disk And Default values are values which the IDD uses as Current values during the time until reading of Save values is completed after the IDD s power is switched on or when no Save values exist and no MODE SELECT command is being issued The IDD has a common set of Current Save and Default values of all the MODE SELECT parameters for all the INITs When the IDD s pow
16. byte distance from index format 3 80 bytes Oto2 3 16 10 11 4 15 12to19 4 16 2to9 4 15 6to 16 4 19 C cache control parameter 2 9 cache segment count 4 26 caching object command 2 6 operation 2 6 parameter 2 8 4 21 6 6 cause 4 39 caution in specifying D list 3 81 CDB operation code 5 11 size 3 10 specification 6 4 usage data 3 10 changed by another INIT 1 20 CHANGE DEFINITION 3 14 changed operating definition 1 20 C141 E167 Index changing reserve condition 3 39 CHECK CONDITION status 1 7 C list 3 76 6 1 clocking field 3 8 CmdDt 3 3 command support data 3 9 cleared by another INIT 1 20 code 1 3 completion wait time out 5 13 format 1 1 inherent information 5 3 link 1 9 other than INQUIRY command 1 20 other than REQUEST SENSE command 1 20 queuing function 1 16 specification 3 1 support data 3 9 supported data 3 3 that can be executed even in not ready state 1 25 with executing disconnect process 1 11 combination of error recovery flag 4 7 to 4 9 command processing 1 1 exception 1 23 in not ready state 1 24 COMMAND TERMINATED status 1 8 condition for permitting disconnect 1 11 CONDITION MET status 1 7 connect time limit 4 12 control 3 1 control byte 1 4 control mode parameter 4 27 5 21 correctable bit length 4 5 4 21 correctable data read error 5 22 count basis 4 39 cylinder count 4 19 cylinder skew factor 4 16 D data access command 3 65 data block addressing 1 29 count 3 24 3 32
17. in the Page Descriptor format and executes this command The SP save pages bit in CDB byte 1 specifies whether or not to save the MODE SELECT parameters specified in this command on the disk It is possible for the IDD to save all the MODE SELECT parameters described in the Page Descriptor except for those on page C but this bit s specification is valid only for parameters other than Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 excluding byte 17 If 1 is specified in the SP bit the parameters transferred from the INIT are saved to the disk when this command is executed except for Format parameters page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 excluding byte 17 When the SP bit is 0 these parameters are not saved to the disk On the other hand as for Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 excluding byte 17 regardless of the specification of the SP bit when this command is executed these parameters are always saved to the disk when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed The Parameter length field of the CDB specifies the total byte length of the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT by this command If zero is specified in the Parameter length field this command is terminated normally without data transfer being executed with the INIT The MODE SELECT parameters have specifically defined formats and lengths as explained by the descriptions of each page descriptor in this item
18. is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 RdInh read inhibit flag or in bit 0 WrInh write inhibit flag read operations or write operations is prohibited for linked commands following this command as shown below RdInh Operation limits 0 Read write operations are permitted in the specified range Read operations only are permitted in the specified range 0 Write operations only are permitted in the specified range oO Both read and write operations are prohibited Only access by the SEEK and SEEK EXTENDED commands is permitted within the specified range When access to logical data blocks outside the address range defined by this command by linked commands which follow this command is specified or when a prohibited type of access operation is specified that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without being executed When there is a violation of the DATA PROTECT 7 Write protect 27 00 WrInh flag or when there is a violation of the DATA PROTECT 7 No additional sense information 00 00 RdInh flag When this command is issued again in a group of commands linked in a series the 2nd SET LIMITS command is rejected and a CHECK CONDITION status DATA PROTECT 7 Command sequence error 2C 00 is reported C141 E167 3 73 Command Specifications Notes 1 Commands which come under restrictions in read operations or write operations when 1 is specified in the RdInh read
19. it clears all the commands in the queue At this time the IDD generates on UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs When an ABORT message is sent from an INIT that has issued a command which is in the queue if the correct LUN 0 is specified only the command issued by that INIT is cleared and the other commands in the queue are not effected If the LUN is not identified an ABORT message which specifies an illegal LUN 1 to 7 does not effect the commands in the queue Untagged queuing exception processing events and operations executed by the IDD is shown below e If the TEST UNIT READY REQUEST SENSE or INQUIRY command is received When one of these commands is received if there is no link instruction in that command the IDD executes that command immediately without queuing the command or executing disconnect processing At this time there is no effect on the commands from other INITs which are currently being executed or on the commands in the queue If these commands contain link instructions they are queued e If disconnect processing is impossible If disconnect processing is impossible because the INIT which issued the command does not meet the conditions for permitting a disconnect see Section 1 3 3 or if the DISCONNECT message is rejected by the INIT even though it meets the conditions for permitting a disconnect the IDD responds with a BUSY status without queuing the received command except the case described in ite
20. o RR o Number of retries during a Seek Error Tome oe fo fete 1 41 1 eme o e e e aa Figure 4 9 MODE SELECT parameters additional error recovery parameters C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters a RPR rounded parameter report This bit stipulates the operation in the case where rounding up or rounding down processing of a MODE SELECT parameter is performed 1 If rounding up or rounding down processing of parameters in the MODE SELECT command has been performed a CHECK CONDITION status is reported 0 Even if rounding up or rounding down processing has been performed a GOOD status is reported and the command is terminated normally When this bit is set to 1 and Round up or Round down processing is performed by the MODE SELECT command CHECK CONDITION status is reported The factory setting for this bit is 0 The IDD ignores the value set by this parameter Whether or not to report the CHECK CONDITION is determined by the type of error b Number of retries during a seek error This parameter specifies the number of times repositioning is retried when a seek error is detected When zero is specified in this field repositioning retries are prohibited The value specified in this field is applicable for all commands which are accompanied by a seek operation c RFJ reserved by Fujitsu All the bits in byte 3 are reserved by Fujitsu The user should specify 0 in this bit 4 2 Log Parameters This clause describes th
21. oo eee cseeseeeeeeeeeeseeeseenaes 4 33 4 1 10 Additional error recovery parameters page Code 21 wo cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeseenaee 4 36 4 2 Jeop Patameters is s6 nie fi e8 Hie eG RN ees Se ER Be E 4 37 4 2 1 Supprot log page C00 ss cccs cok ciieteck cosces ce eeebnnecesen ages cache cus E EEEE EEN E EEE ES e 4 38 4 2 2 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 wo cseeeeeeeeesecesecaecnaecseecaeeeaeesseeeseeeseenas 4 39 4 2 3 Write error count page X 02 i ccesscs sess eecksstedbcesoes sea oispa cde notr eSEE EErEE s Pari EEES Eko tra Ts 4 40 4 2 3 1 Write errors recovered without delays Page 02 Code 0000 seeseeseseersseesserrreeesee 4 40 4 2 3 2 Write errors recovered with possible delays Page 02 Code 0001 eee 4 41 4 2 3 3 Total posted write errors Page 02 Code 0002 oo ee eeceesecssecneeereeceeeesenseenseenaes 4 41 4 2 3 4 Total posted recoverable write errors Page 02 Code 0003 eee eeeeeeeteeeteeees 4 42 4 2 3 5 Total write bytes processed Page 02 Code 0005 eee eecescesecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeneenaes 4 42 4 2 3 6 Total posted unrecoverable write errors Page 02 Code 0006 eee eeeeeeteeeeee 4 43 42 4 Read error count pase X03 Jeroen i e e the sieeesneniee hii EE aE E R 4 43 4 2 4 1 Read errors recovered without delays Page 03 Code 0000 eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeteee 4 44 4 2 4 2 Read errors recovered with possible delays Page 03 Code 0001 eee 4 44 4 2 4 3 Total posted read errors Page 03 Code
22. specify in the CDB and the values in this field are the same as the values specified in the Defect List Format field in the CDB d Defect list length This field follows the 4 byte header and indicates the total number of bytes of defect descriptor list that can be transferred It has either 4 or 8 bytes depending on the format of the defect descriptor Also the values shown in this field are the total number of bytes described in the Defect List Format which specifies the specified type P List or G List of defect data regardless of the value specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB The INIT should check whether the value shown in this field plus 4 is a smaller value than that specified in the Transfer byte count field in the CDB in order to confirm that all the defect data requested in this command have been transferred Also since the value shown in this field is divided by the number of bytes 4 or 8 per defect descriptor quotient the INIT can know the number of defects on the disk media 2 Defect descriptor list The data transferred after the 4 byte header is the Defect descriptor list Defect data in which the defect position information are described with the type and format specified in the CDB One Defect descriptor has a length of 4 bytes when in the Block address format and a length of 8 bytes when in the Byte distance from the index format and Physical secto
23. this command is terminated without transfer of the defect descriptor list and allocation processing of alternate blocks Note The Defect list length that can be specified for the IDD is 2 044 X 7FC bytes or less Therefore a maximum of 511 defective blocks can be specified in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command 3 86 C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands The logical block address of defective data blocks is described in 4 byte format in the defect descriptor When multiple defect descriptors are specified it is best for the INIT to describe defect descriptors in the ascending order of the logical data block addresses Furthermore if the addresses of logical data blocks specified in the defect descriptor list overlap each other This command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and none of the alternate block allocation processing in that command is executed The IDD allocates alternate blocks to the specified data blocks in order from the top of the defect descriptor list When all the usable spare sectors have been used up and it is impossible to allocate alternate blocks execution of this command is terminated at that point and a CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense data at this time indicate the following contents e Sense key 4 HARDWARE ERROR e Sense code Sub sense code 32 00 No defect spare location available e VALID bit
24. 0002 ooo cee eceecessecssecneecseesaeeeereneenseenaes 4 45 4 2 44 Total posted recoverable read errors Page 03 Code 0003 eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeees 4 45 4 2 45 Total read bytes processed Page 03 Code 0005 oo eee ee eesecssecseecneeseeeereesrenseenaes 4 46 4 2 4 6 Total posted unrecoverable read errors Page 03 Code 0006 eee eeeeeeeeteetees 4 46 4 2 3 Verify error count page XOS eioi eeii e dues e SEEE EEE EEEn EEE SSES ces 4 47 4 2 5 1 Verify errors recovered without delays Page 05 Code 0000 sneeeneesssreeserreeeeesee 4 47 4 2 5 2 Vefiry errors recovered with possible delays Page 05 Code 0001 eee eee 4 48 4 2 5 3 Total posted verify errors Page 05 Code 0002 eee ee eeceseceseecneeceeeeeteeeeeneenaes 4 48 4 2 5 4 Total posted recoverable verify errors Page 05 Code 0003 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeteetees 4 49 4 2 5 5 Total verify bytes processed Page 05 Code 0005 os ee eeceseesecereecreeeeeeeeeeeneenaes 4 49 4 2 5 6 Total posted unrecoverable verify errors Page 05 Code 0006 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeee 4 50 4 2 6 Non medium error count page X 06 eee cee cee ceeceeeceeeceecsecaecaeseseseeeeeeeseeeseenseeaee 4 50 4 2 1 Temperature page X OD ccccccese cess escescususe cp cvsetcnscpecnennebsobenscescnsueecteobedsubesegeenpebusbenseveuveete 4 51 4 2 7 1 Temperature Page OD Code 0000 oo eee ee ee esse csseereeceeeeeeeeeeeesesrecsaecsaecseeeaeseneeees 4 51 4 2 1 2 Reference temperature Page OD
25. 0E Code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Accounting Date Accounting date week 2 ASCII characters C141 E167 4 53 Parameter Data Formats The Accounting date specified by parameter code 0002h is a parameter that may be savable using a LOG SELECT command to indicate when the device was placed in service If the parameter is not yet set or is not settable the default value placed in the parameter field shall be 6 ASCII blank characters 20h The field shall not be checked for validity by the device server 4 2 8 3 Specified cycle count over device lifetime Page 0E Code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime LSB a a o E LBIN ae X 04 Parameter Length Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime 4 byte binary number LSB The Specified cycle count over device lifetime is a parameter provided by the device sever The specified cycle count over device lifetime parameter shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The parameter value is a 4 byte binary number The value indicates how operation or reliability outside the limits specified by the manufacture of the device 4 2 8 4 Start stop cycle counter Page 0E Code 0004 X 0004 Parameter code Accumulated Start Stop Cycles 4 54 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters The Accumulated start stop cycles is a parameter provided by the device sever The accumulated start stop cycles
26. 1 LUN 0 0 0 PPC SP 2 PC Page Code 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Parameter Pointer MSB 6 Parameter Pointer LSB 7 Parameter List Length MSB 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link This command provides a means for the application client to retrieve statistical or other operational information maintained by the device about the device or its logical units It is a complementary command to the LOG SELECT command The Parameter Pointer Control PPC bit is not supported It should be zero An Save Parameters SP bit of zero indicates the device server performs the specified this command and does not save any log parameters If saving log parameters is implemented an SP bit of one indicates that the device server performs the specified this command and saves all log parameters identified as savable by the DS bit to the disc medium The Page Control PC field defined the type of parameter values to be selected see 3 1 16 for the definition of the page control field The PC bits are ignored by the drive The drive assumes that current cumulative parameters are selected The Page Code field identifies which page of data is being requested If the page code is reserved or not implemented the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Page Code assignments for the log pages are listed below 3 48 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Command
27. 3 management 6 1 D list 3 76 3 78 6 1 DPOFUA bit 3 32 DPRY 3 78 DQue 4 30 DRA 4 25 drive parameter 4 17 6 4 DS 3 47 DTDC 4 12 DTE 4 4 4 20 DU _ 3 47 EBF 4 34 EBOS 3 110 echo buffer 3 106 3 110 descriptor 3 110 EER 4 3 4 20 effective for 16 bit SCSI device only 3 16 element scope 3 54 EMDP 4 13 enable early recovery 4 3 4 20 enable modify data pointer 4 13 enable threshold comparison 3 47 enable vital product data 3 3 ending boundary 4 33 error code 5 3 error logging 5 21 error recovery control flag during self diagnosis test 3 93 flag 4 20 error recovery processing 1 26 control 5 24 procedure 5 17 to 5 21 Index error state and retry processing procedure 5 22 error verification 6 7 ETC 3 47 EVPD 3 3 EWASC 4 34 example of data buffer operation during read 2 3 during write 2 4 expanded sense data format 5 2 extended self test completion time 4 31 F fair arbitration 4 13 fatal hardware error 1 29 force sequential write 4 26 format command 3 75 format option valid 3 78 FORMAT parameter 6 4 format parameter 3 77 4 14 6 4 FORMAT UNIT 3 75 command 6 5 command defect processing 3 83 3 84 command parameter list configuration 3 78 FOV 3 78 FWS 4 26 G general response in not ready state 1 25 general usage application client parameter data 4 55 generation of UNIT ATTENTION condition 1 19 Glist 3 76 6 1 bit 3 90 global logging target save disable 4 29 GLTSD 4 29 GOOD status 1 6
28. 3 76 6 1 bit 3 89 post error 4 4 4 20 pre fetch inhibit block count 4 25 persistent reservation scope 3 53 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service action 3 50 primary defect list 3 76 primary list 3 89 product ID field 3 7 product revision field 3 7 PS bit 3 33 Q QAS bit 3 8 QErr 4 29 qualifier 3 9 field 3 5 queue algorithm qualifier 4 29 queue error management 4 29 QUEUE FULL status 1 8 quick arbitrate supported 3 8 R RAC 4 30 RAERP UAAERP EAERP READY ARE HOLDOFF PERIOD 4 30 RC 4 3 RCD 4 23 READ 3 65 READ BUFFER 3 107 command 3 108 3 109 3 110 read cache disable 4 23 READ CAPACITY 3 13 data 3 14 read continuous 4 3 READ DEFECT DATA 3 88 command 3 89 read error count page 4 43 in uncorrectable data 5 22 read errors recovered without delay 4 44 with possible delay 4 44 READ EXTENDED 3 66 reading and verification of data 6 7 READ KEYS 3 50 READ LONG 3 111 read operation 2 2 READ RESERVATIONS 3 51 read write error recovery parameter 4 1 4 2 5 25 6 6 REASSIGN BLOCK command 3 86 REASSIGN BLOCKS 3 85 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 3 98 command 3 99 response data 3 100 reconnection processing procedure 1 14 reconnect processing 1 11 recovery procedure for disk drive error 1 27 recovery processing for error SCSI bus 1 26 recovery time limit 4 6 4 21 reference temperature 4 52 re initialization 6 5 RELEASE 3 37 Release condition 1 20 function 3 41 IN 6 C141 E167 object and third party release funct
29. 3 92 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Type of Self diagnosis Test UnotOfl 0 UnitOfl 1 1 Controller Function Test x 2 Disk Drive Seek Test i x 3 Disk Media CE Space Write Read Data Comparison Test x x Execution Object When the IDD completes all the specified self diagnosis tests normally it reports a GOOD status On the other hand when an error is detected in any of the specified self diagnosis tests a CHECK CONDITION status is reported and information related to the detected error is shown in the sense data For example when an error is detected in the controller function test the type of error is shown by HARDWARE ERROR 4 in the sense key and the sense code sub sense codes show Diagnostic failure on component nn 40 nn nn is the code in the range X 80 to X FF which shows the type of error This code is a Fujitsu unique definition for the purpose of analysis when there is a failure and its meaning is not released to the public The user should present the value displayed in this sense data as repair information to the Fujitsu representative Furthermore error recovery processing when diagnostic tests seek tests and write read data comparison tests related to the disk drive are executed are in accordance with the mode set in the MODE SELECT command s parameters Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery parameter Page code 21 Additional Error Recovery para
30. 8 is 0 the logical block address and block length byte length of the final data block which is accessible in the disk drive user space are transferred to the INIT At this time the Logical Block address field in the CDB must specify zero When the PMI bit is 1 the logical block address and block length byte length of data blocks which satisfy either of the following conditions is transferred to the INIT e The data block on the track where the specified block exists which is just before the block where the first alternate sector processing not including defective block sector slip processing is implemented However when alternate sector processing is being implemented in the specified block the data block specified in the CDB e When no alternate sector processed data block exists in the track where the specified block exists the last data block in that track By using this command with the PMI bit specified as 1 the INIT can search for usable data space continuously without being interrupted by data transfers for alternate sector processing or switching of track The format of the data transferred to the INIT by this command is shown in Figure 3 6 C141 E167 3 13 Command Specifications ee Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address T a S e Figure 3 6 READ CAPACITY data 3 1 4 CHANGE DEFINITION 40 ee ee X40 i C e o o a a a Mar 0 0 0 0 E E O E E E
31. BUFFER command to diagnose the normalcy of the IDD s data buffer memory and the SCSI bus The IDD have a 7680 K byte size data buffer In this command each data byte position in the data buffer must be specified in 4 byte units using buffer addresses within the range X 000000 to X 77FFFF The functions of this command and the contents of the data transferred to the INIT are specified by the Mode field in the CDB and one of the transfer modes shown below can be selected Mode Bit 3 2 1 0 Transfer Mode 0 0 0 0 Header Data without Address Specification 0 0 0 1 Header Data with Address Specification 0 0 1 0 Data Only with Address Specification 0 0 1 1 Buffer Descriptor 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer 1 0 1 1 Echo buffer descriptor 1 Mode 0 0 0 0 Header data without address specification When this mode is specified the data stored in the IDD s data buffer are transferred to the INIT after the 4 byte header Zero must be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB C141 E167 3 107 Command Specifications 2 The Transfer byte count field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of the header and buffer data which can be received by the INIT The IDD reads the data from the data buffer from the top Address X 000000 then adds the 4 byte header to it and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of the header and data from th
32. Code 0001 oo ee eeccesecssecseecneecneeeeeeeeeeseeenaes 4 52 4 2 8 Start stop cycle counter page X OE e eee eeeeeseseeeeeceeeeesecaecaecsaeceeeseeeeeeeeesseenseenaes 4 52 4 2 8 1 Date of manufacture Page OE Code 0001 eee eeeeeesseceseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeenaeeeeee 4 53 4 2 8 2 Accounting date Page OE Code 0002 eee ceeeeeeeeeeeceseeneecnaecseesseeeaeseeeeeeeeeaes 4 53 4 2 8 3 Specified cycle count over device lifetime Page OE Code 0003 eee 4 54 x C141 E167 Contents 4 2 8 4 Start stop cycle counter Page OE Code 0004 oo eeeeeceescesecesecssecaeseeeeeeeeeenes 4 54 4 2 9 Application client page X OP oe ec ee cee cseecreeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeeecsecaecsaecsaecaaesneseaeeeaeseneens 4 55 4 2 9 1 General usage application client parameter data Page OF Code 0000 003P 4 55 427 10 S littest result pase X 10 sser eepe seede espesses nuite Si hE a E oes ho EEEE Eiei 4 56 4 2 10 1 Self test result parameter data Page 10 Code 0001 0014 sssesseessseesssrsesresssrresesrssress 4 56 42 11 SMART status page X 2F Jaer e ee E ee S E 4 57 42 12 SMART data pas X 3I8Y iieii nore aea a aare on ia E abides e ER 4 57 CHAPTER 5 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods seseosooseooossesoossesossossessossesoossesossossessossesoossesossos 5 1 SL Sense Dats ih hie nsessie eesteiaien e E RE Ride At wie E 5 1 SLA sSenSe data format iseccsesbsseussessieeversensenSiserteaoseneyerastessrecoemeors E E
33. E EE ETE E E 3 65 32l READ 08 ranns a E R E E E E 3 65 3 2 2 READ FEX TENDED OI a a e een hate Ea AE A ASE Erer TEER 3 66 3 29 WRITE A a a a Roe ee ees 3 67 3 2 4 WRITE EXTENDED 2A rnneriranen ea a Aaa Al 3 68 3 25 WRITEAND VERIFY QE rrera ar neer EE Eo o ERE ER ENESE EESSI ERES See 3 69 3 207 VERIFY QE eree e r a a E E eis hase AEE EEEE EEEE 3 70 3 2 7 SEEK OB shin lial cating Shin Se eee Soi ie Ri a Shi 3 71 3 2 8 SEEK EXTENDED QB icc asic nak aos a aon Bea ee sien eh 3 71 3 2 9 SET LIMITS G3 Not Supported ariran seis eansiineginee nA Gasset E tees 3 72 3 2 10 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 ssesccssstustssshssscsscesesenstesdssnsegsievistestaesctsbessess Sobanesoviestesbastesesesaas 3 74 3 23 Format Commands sc niceties in E E aac teeta etek ieee 3 75 3 3 1 FORMAT UNIT 04 22 ic bata beat Ane bain ea eg bau Abaca e Ea EEEE S 3 75 3 3 2 REASSIGN BLOCKS OF ncissessesiiecsepesscestesdvevees sossvadeay e sa e eaea ee p saei Saioen 3 85 3 3 3 READ DEFECT DATA 37 seret rarei eea a E r e TEE EE S i re 3 88 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands seesseseseseeeseseeessserresrrrteeresrertssresrentssreresenresesreersseeerese 3 92 3 4 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1D eee etere ee En rE eoa EE E EEEE EERE EEE E EEE E EEE EE 3 92 34 2 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 1O essensen a E E 3 98 3 4 3 WRITE BUFFER 3B e ae a aare aa eean eo RE RaR E a E EESTE e EEEIEE 3 102 34 4 READ BUFFER GO r neste S EE
34. O E E ate oe oe Oe ie a ERRE This command changes the IDD s SCSI level and the operation mode The INIT can know the SCSI level and operation mode that the IDD is currently using by the INQUIRY command Standard Inquiry Data and VPD Information Operation Mode Page Page code X C0 If the Save bit of CDB byte 2 specifies 1 the IDD saves the SCSI level and operation mode specified in this command in the Boot ROM Flash ROM when the command is executed If this bit specifies 0 the changes are not saved 3 14 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands This command specifies a different SCSI level in the SCSI level field in SCB byte 3 The SCSI level is indicated by 1 byte of code as shown in the following table If a code other than the following codes is specified the command is terminated by a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 and the SCSI level and operation mode are not changed Operation Code HEX SCSI Level X 00 Not Change X 01 SCSI 1 Same as CCS X 02 CCS Same as SCSI 1 X 03 SCSI 2 X 04 SCSI 3 1 Set at shipping time If zero is specified in the SCSI Level field the IDD operates at the current SCSI level without changing the SCSI level However if the correct operation mode parameter described later is transferred at the same time the IDD changes its operation mode The total byte length of the operation mode parameter transferred by the
35. PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command service action codes REGISTER Registers a reservation key on the drive the reservation key Ea PREEMPT Dispossesses a persistent reservation from another initiator PREEMPT amp Dispossesses a persistent reservation from another initiator and clears the ABORT task set regarding the initiator REGISTER Registers a reservations key on the drive amp IGNORE EXISTING KEY 3 1 19 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list The format for the parameter list that is transferred with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is shown below Some fields on the parameter list may be disabled for specific service actions or a specific Scope However all fields including such fields must be transferred by this command T a Reservation Key Service Action Reservation Key Scope specific Address X 000000 Reserved 3 58 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands For the Reservation Key field an 8 byte key code provided by the application client is set in order to enable the drive to identify the initiator that is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The drive can then verify that the Reservation Key field in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command matches the registered reservation key for the initiator that issues the command However if the reservation key value is zero which means no reservation key is registered the specified value in this field is ignored If the key specifi
36. Response and release conditions at sense data hold state The response of the IDD when it receives a new command while it is in the sense data hold state and conditions for releasing the sense data hold state are shown below C141 E167 1 7 Command Processing Exceptions 1 Ifa command is issued to the logical unit in the sense data hold state by the INIT which is the object of sense data holding In the case of an untagged command REQUEST SENSE command The sense data held by the IDD are transferred to the INIT and the sense hold state is released Other commands The sense data hold state is released and the command is executed normally if commands issued from the INIT are not queued If commands issued from the INIT are queued the commands are treated as overlapping commands Inthe case of a tagged command The BUSY status is reported and the sense data hold state is released 2 Ifa command is issued to the logical unit in the sense data hold state from an INIT which is not the object of sense data holding the sense data hold state is not released and the command is queued 3 In the following cases the sense data hold state is released and the sense data being held are lost The RESET condition occurs on the SCSI bus A TARGET RESET message is issued by any INIT An ABORT TASK SET message is issued by an INIT for which sense data held for the logical unit in the sense data hold state 1 7 Comman
37. SCSI 2 or SCSI 3 mode INQUIRY data are transferred and the functions which the IDD supports are shown in the bit correspondence 1 indicates that that function is supported and 0 indicates that that function is not supported When the CHANGE DEFINITION command is not set so that SCSI 2 mode INQUIRY data are transferred 0 is displayed in all these bit positions SCSI 3 mode Byte 3 AERC Asynchronous event reporting capability Asynchronous condition notify function NORMACA Normal ACA supported ACA support HISUP Hierarchical support Defined the hierarchical addressing model to assign LUN Byte 5 SCCS SCC support Embedded storage array controller equipment Byte 6 BQue Basic queuing Combination with CMDQUE EncServ Enclosure service Enclosure service MultiP Multi port Supported multi port MChngr Medium changer Medium Changer Addr16 Wide SCSI address 16 16 bit SCSI addressing Byte 7 RelAdr Relative addressing Relative logical block addressing WBus16 16 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 2 byte bus Sync Synchronous data transfer Data transfer on the synchronous mode Linked Linnked command Command link function TranDis Transfer disable Continue task and target transfer disable message CmdQue Command queuing Command queuing function Bque CmdQue Description 0 0 No command queuing of any kink supported 0 1 Command queuing with all types o
38. The log errors bit LogErr of zero indicates that the logging of informational exception conditions within a target is vendor specific A LogErr bit of one indicates the target logs informational exception conditions A Test bit of one creates a false device failure at the next interval time if the DExcpt bit is not set When the Test bit is one the MRIE and Report count fields apply as if the Test bit were zero The false device failure is reported with an additional sense code of FAILURE PREDICTION THRESHOLD EXCEEDED 50 FF If both the Test and the DExcpt bits are one the device server terminate the MODE SELECT command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST 26 05 A Test bit of zero instructs the device server not to generate any false device faulure notifications A disable exception control DExcpt bit of zero indicates information exception operations is enabled The reporting of information exception conditions when the DExcpt bit is set to zero is determined from the method of reporting informational exceptions field A DExcpt bit of one indicates the target disables all information exception operations The method of reporting informational exceptions field is ignored when DExcpt is set to one An enable warning EWASC bit of zero indicates the target disables reporting of the warning The MRIE field is ignored when DExc
39. UNIT ATTENTION condition hold state for an INIT that issues a CLEAR TASK SET message an INIT that issues a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command or an INIT that releases the sense hold state Changed operating definition When the operation mode is changed by the CHANGE DEFINITION command the UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated for all INITs Response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION condition hold state A UNIT ATTENTION condition generated by the IDD by the occurrence of the previously mentioned events is held individually for each INIT and it is held until it is released by the INIT it is held for issuing the commands specified below When the IDD is holding a UNIT ATTENTION condition if the IDD receives a command from the INIT that the UNIT ATTENTION condition is held for it performs one of the following operations depending on the type of command issued Commands other than the INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands The IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status to the issue command The UNIT ATTENTION condition for that INIT is then cleared by the CHECK CONDITION status report The sense key of the sense data generated at this time is UNIT ATTENTION 6 and the sense codes shown below indicate the event that generated the UNIT ATTENTION condition C141 E167 1 5 UNIT ATTENTION Condition Power on Reset TARGET RESET Transciever Mode Changed to SINGLE ENDED Transciever Mode Changed to LVD Mode parameters change
40. When there are no commands that need to be newly executed the data look ahead operation is continued even after the volume of data specified as the minimum amount of pre fetch data have been read until one of the following conditions 1 3 or 4 occurs e When 1 is specified in the DISC bit if look ahead of data equal in volume to a cache segment is completed e When 0 is specified in the DISC bit if look ahead of all the data is completed up to the track boundary or the cylinder boundary The IDD does not support this function During a data look ahead operation when any error occurs the data look ahead operation is terminated at that point retry is not executed When a RESET condition occurs on the SCSI bus or when any INIT issues a TARGET RESET message the look ahead operation is terminated at that point and all the look ahead data stored in the data buffer are invalidated During a look ahead operation if sector slip processing is applied or defective sectors exist in the same cylinder to which alternate processing is applicable the look ahead operation is continued without interruption 2 10 C141 E167 2 3 Write Cache 2 3 Write Cache The IDD is equipped with a write cache function in order to reduce the INIT s command processing time If that operation is permitted by the MODE SELECT command caching parameters Page code 8 WCE bit at the point when the IDD completes the transfer of all da
41. after the GOOD status is returned is a deferred error and information regarding the error is not reported until a subsequent command C141 E167 3 2 Data Access Commands 3 2 5 When this bit is 1 it indicated that the IDD shall access the media in performing the command prior to returning GOOD status WRITE commands shall not return GOOD status until the logical blocks have actually been written on the media i e the data is not write cached WRITE AND VERIFY 2E X 2E Ooo o e e e e Logical Block Address MSB B Logical Block Address S Oo oe ee o aa a E gt foje e ee ele fm This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top then reads those data and performs a Verify check The functions of this command related to write operations are the same as those of the WRITE EXTENDED command Section 3 2 4 with the exception that the write cache function cannot be applied When zero is specified in the Transfer block count this command is terminated normally without performing seek or pre fetch The specification in bit 4 of CDB byte 1 is disabled in the IDD and the specified value is disregarded If 1 is specified in bit 1 of CDB the BytChk bit the IDD writes the transferre
42. application client Page code Operation code a When the EVPD bits is one this field specifies that the IDD transfers the kind of the VPD information b If the EVPD bit is zero and the CmdDt bits is one this field specifies the operation code CDB byte 0 of commands generated command supported data Transfer Byte Length Byte 4 of the CDB the Transfer Byte Length field shows the number of bytes of standard INQUIRY data or VPD information that the application client can receive by this command The IDD transfers data with the byte length specified in the Transfer Byte Length field or the byte length in the standard INQUIRY data or VPD information which it is holding whichever has the smallest number of bytes to the application client When zero is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field this command is normally terminated without anything being transferred Standard INQUIRY data Figure 3 1 shows the format and contents of the standard INQUIRY data transferred to the INIT by this command if 0 is specified in the EVPD and the CmdDt bit C141 E167 3 3 Command Specifications SCSI mode SCSI 1 CCS SCSI 3 SCSI 2 ea ae eee ee eee Qualifier Device Type Code 0 0 0 or 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 or 1 1 1 1 1 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 Device Type Code 0 0 Version X 01 SCSI 1 X 02 SCSI 2 X 03 SPC TmioP o o o o f o aoaaa HISUP Response Data Format Cerje e o ee e
43. area in user space spare sectors within each cell and alternate cells are excluded from the abovementioned logical data block addresses Access to allocated sectors as alternate blocks within the alternate area is performed automatically by the IDD s defect management sector slip processing and alternate block processing so it is not particularly necessary for the user to access the alternate area Also data blocks in the alternate area cannot be clearly specified and accessed directly C141 E167 CHAPTER 2 Data Buffer Management 2 1 Data Buffer 2 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature 2 3 Write Cache In this chapter the configuration of the data buffer with which the IDD is equipped its operation and the operation of the cache feature are described 2 1 Data Buffer Data buffer configuration and basic operation The IDD is equipped with a data buffer which makes it possible to efficiently execute data transfer operations between INIT initiator and a disk drive The IDD have a 7 864 KB data buffer The IDD divides data buffer into 64 Pages which are minimum allocation size for Cache Actually two or more Pages are linked and a Cache Segment is constructed per the requested data size from INIT Since IDD automatically controls the best suitable Cache Segment INIT cannot be changed neither the Page size nor the Segment size Each data buffer is 2 ports of FIFO First In First Out ring buffer with one port allocated for t
44. because no delay is incurred C141 E167 4 47 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 5 2 Vefiry errors recovered with possible delays Page 05 Code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered verify errors that would not be reported to the initiator during verify operations because possible delay is incurred 4 2 5 3 Total posted verify errors Page 05 Code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during verify operations Implementation If a verify error is posted it will force a save of all error log page information 4 48 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 5 4 Total posted recoverable verify errors Page 05 Code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during verify operations 4 2 5 5 Total verify bytes processed Page 05 Code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed Total Verify Bytes Processed 10 bytes The Total Verify Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during verify operation C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 5 6 Total posted unrecoverable verify errors Page 05 Code 00
45. by another INIT Reservations preempted A persistent reserve state was cleared by another INIT 04 Reservations released A persistent reserve state was released Registrations preempted A persistent reserve state was prempted by another INIT 32 Command cleared by A command was forcibly terminated by another INIT during another INIT execution or queuing e By a CLEAR QUEUE message e The sense hold state was entered when the QErr bit was set on 1 The DQue bit was changed from 0 to 1 Medium format corrupted The media format is different from the original format The media was not formatted after the data format specification was changed by the MODE SELECT command FORMAT command failed For some reason formatting cannot be completed and reformatting 3 is necessary No defect spare location _ No usable alternate block area exists Or alternate block processing 4 available cannot be performed due to control table overflow 01 Defect list update failure Updating of the defect list G List failed 37 00 Rounded parameter Rounding processing of the MODE SELECT parameter specified by the command was performed ee eal 6 Ka 6 EA ES 4 1 C Sense Code Q Sub sense Code 5 8 C141 E167 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 2 Sense and subsense codes 4 of 5 el il A 3D Invalid bits in IDENTIFY 1 was specified in the reserve bit of the IDENTIFY message message Logical unit failed Self The
46. byte length which follows after the header The Page descriptor length is not included in this value The IDD always reports X 08 in this field if 0 is specified in the DBD bit of this command s CDB and thus indicates that one Block descriptor set follows after the header When 1 is specified in the DBD bit of the CDB the value of this field is X 00 Block descriptor The 8 byte Block descriptor indicates the logical attributes of the data format on the disk media Data block count This field indicates the total number of logical data blocks the block length is shown in the Data block length field existing in the User Space on the disk media This value does not include the number of spare sectors reserved for alternate block processing C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Furthermore when this command specifies to transfer the Default value and Variable value the value shown in this field is X 00000000 which means the maximum number of logical data blocks that it is possible to rank in the User Space Data block length This field indicates the length byte length of 1 logical data block on the disk media 3 Page descriptor The Page descriptor is configured from a parameter field which follows a 2 byte page header and is divided into units called Page for each parameter s functional attributes See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 3 1 5 concerning the configuration
47. called log parameters as shown below Each log paramter begins with a 4 byte parameter header followed by one or more bytes of Parameter Value data Kaw Parameter Code MSB Parameter Code LSB Parameter Length o pee e e e Lon ie Parameter Value C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 1 Paramter code This field identifies the log paramter being transferred for that log page 2 Byte 2 a b c d e g DU Disable Update 1 The IDD does not update the log parameter value except in responce to a LOG SELECT command that specifies a new value for the parameter 0 The IDD updates the log parameter value to reflect all events that are noted by that parameter DS Disable Save 1 The IDD does not support saving that log parameter in response to LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command with an SP bit of one 0 The IDD supports saving for that log paramter The IDD saves the current parameter value in response to LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command with a SP bit of one TSD Target Save Disable The IDD does not support this bit For LOG SENSE command See 3 1 17 the IDD always report zero Also for this command the IDD accepts this bit value of 1 but ignores its functionality ETC Enable Threshold Comparison The IDD does not support this bit For LOG SENSE command See 3 1 17 the IDD always report zero Also for this command the IDD accepts this bit value of 1 but ignor
48. data correction is executed afterward according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued The contents of recovered errors are not reported If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter Data correction is not executed according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued The contents of recovered errors are not reported If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter If possible data correction is executed afterward according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued If unrecoverable errors have been d
49. disconnect processing in multiples of 100 us In the IDD this value is unlimited It is impossible for this parameter to be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value Maximum burst size This parameter specifies the maximum volume of data the TARG is permitted to transfer continuously in the DATA IN phase or the DATA OUT phase until it starts disconnect processing in multiples of number of bytes per sector In the IDD this value is unlimited It is impossible for this parameter to be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value Data transfer disconnect control DTDC DTDC Controls how to perform disconnection C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters 00b 0lb 10b 11b Perform disconnection according to the instructions of other parameters without using DTDC When a data transfer by the command is started the target will never try disconnection until transmission of all the data to be transferred by the command is completed The specified values in the connect limit time and bus inactivity limit fields are ignored during the data transfer Reserved When a data transfer by the command is started the target will never try disconnection until execution of the command is completed The specified values in the connect limit time and bus inactivity limit
50. due to a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command or a FORMAT UNIT command issued by another INIT so before executing this recovery method it is necessary to confirm the operations of the other INITs Initialize the entire disk media surface It is desirable at this time to increase the number of spare sectors as much as possible If this error occurs repeatedly it is necessary to perform alternate block allocation processing through the system shown in Chapter 6 or reconfirm the use conditions of the disk drive such as the installation environment Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 13 Issue the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command and read the Current values in the MODE SELECT parameters If the parameters values are appropriate reissue the original command This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the values in the parameters read in are illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed If it is necessary to reestablish rotational synchronization issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command specify by Page 4 byte 17 Reissue the original command Retry Issue the READ or READ EXTENDED command and read the data for the block where the error occurred Investigate the cause of the data n
51. due to another command issued by another INIT when 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit the INIT should issue this command linked to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command or reserve the IDD before issuing this command and should release the reserve status after executing the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 When a command other than the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is linked to this command the execution results response data may no longer be secure 7 C Jenee orra 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Header Page Parameter Length MSB E Page Parameter Length LSB Aa d o S Page Parameter Parameter 7 f a Figure 3 18 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameter list configuration e Page code a This field specifies the code which identifies the type of parameter page being transferred from the INIT and the operation that should be executed The parameter pages which can be specified by the INIT and their functions are as shown below Page Code Hex Function 00 Reports a list of the supported page codes 40 Logical Physical Address Conversion Page parameter length This field specifies the byte length of the page parameter after byte 4 The INIT must specify the same value as the length specified for each of the parameter pages which will be explained later Page parameter This field specifies each of the inherent parameters in each page code
52. e AWRE automatic write reallocation enabled e ARRE automatic read reallocation enabled e TB transfer block e EFR enable early recovery e PER post error e DTE disable transfer on error e DCR disable correction e Number of retries during read See Table 5 5 e Number of retries during write See Table 5 5 C141 E167 5 25 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods b Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 7 e EER enable early recovery e PER post error e DTE disable transfer on error e DCR disable correction e Number of retries during verify See Table 5 5 c Additional Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 21 e Number of retries during seek error See Table 5 5 Table 5 5 Disk drive errors and number of retries Data field Read Error Number of Retries during Read or 64 of Data field Number of Retries during Verify Remark The number of retries is calculated single logical sector processing units except in the following cases e The number of retries is calculated as individual retries e In processing of data blocks for which alternate sector processing is completed the number of retries on the defective sectors is calculated separately from the number of retries on the alternate sectors 5 26 C141 E167 CHAPTER 6 Disk Media Management Defect Management Disk Media Initialization Data Block Verification Methods Recommended Alternate Block Allocation Proce
53. for this command If the IDD is not in the ready state it reports a CHECK CONDITION status for this command The sense data generated at this time indicate the IDD s state at this time C141 E167 3 1 Command Specifications 3 1 2 INQUIRY 12 ae ee ee This command transfers the information showing the IDD s characteristics INQUIRY data to the application client This command is executed immediately without queuing in a system which issues only commands with no tags or links This command is executed normally even in cases where the UNIT ATTENTION condition is held and the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not cleared This command is also executed normally when the disk drive is not in the ready state or even when an illegal logical unit number LUN is specified A CHECK CONDITION status is reported for this command and it is terminated abnormally only in the case that one of the following conditions is detected e There is an error in the specifications other than the LUN field of the CDB e It is impossible to send INQUIRY data because of an IDD hardware error e An unrecoverable error was detected on the SCSI bus e An error detected during command execution was recovered in the IDD s error recovery processing Retry but the mode which reports RECOVERED ERROR is specified in the MODE SELECT parameter e Applicability to overlapping command exception conditions See Section 1 7 1 The functions which can be spec
54. function with respect to only SCSI devices with SCSI ID 7 to 0 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 3 Changing the reserve conditions Superseding Reserve The INIT which has the reserve right for an IDD the INIT which has issued this command in the past and has established the IDD reserve state can change the IDD s reserve conditions by issuing a another RESERVE command Superseding Reserve When a superseding reserve is executed the IDD releases the reserve state it was in up to that point and establishes a new reserve state in accordance with the specifications in this newly issued command By using this function the INIT can for example change the SCSI device SCSI ID for which the logical unit is reserved while continuing the reserve state of the logical unit with which the reserve state was established using the previous third party reserve function e Reserve right and the third party reserve function Remark In order to clarify the jurisdiction related to reserve and release the term Reserve Right is used in this manual INIT INIT A B SCSI Bus TARG TARG INIT 0 1 1 If INIT A issues a RESERVE command which does not specify the third party reserve function to TARG 0 TARG 0 enters the reserved state from INIT A and INIT A has the reserve right with respect to TARG 0 In this case e INIT A has an exclusive monopoly over TARG 0 e Any comma
55. if some kinds of errors e g a critical error related to SCSI bus protocols are detected the IDD may transfer the SCSI bus forcibly to the BUS FREE phase and clear the command that is currently being executed C141 E167 1 7 Command Processing Exceptions Table 1 4 Outline of SCSI Bus Error Recovery Processing Type of Error Error Recovery Processing MESSAGE OUT phase parity error Retry the erroneous phase up to 3 times max CHECK CONDTION Status COMMAND phase parity error Retry the erroneous phase up to 3 times max CHECK CONDTION Status DATA OUT phase parity error CHECK CONDTION Status Received INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message Retry the erroneous phase up to 3 times max CHECK CONDTION Status Received MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message Re execute RESELECTION phase 6 RESELECTION phase time out 2 Recovery procedures for disk drive errors The IDD executes error recovery listed in Table 1 5 for an error detected during access to data on the disk Note that the recovery increases command processing time because of rotation delay for repositioning to the data block on the disk or initialization of the positioning control system The INIT can use the MODE SELECT parameter Page 1 read write error recovery parameter Page 7 verify error recovery parameter and Page 21 additional error recovery parameter to control the retry count However use the default value specified by the IDD in general operation Ta
56. in defect processing The D List is added to the previously existing G List Note 3 Note 1 Note 3 Alternate block allocation is performed for defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing The D List is registered as the new G list Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The P List is saved but it is not used in defect processing The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing The D List is added to the previously existing G List 3 84 C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 3 3 2 Table 3 5 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 3 of 3 ddd 0 0 0 D List in the block address format 1 0 0 D List in the byte distance from the index format 1 0 1 D List in the physical sector address format The D List is not transferred from the INIT If the data block length is changed and the disk media is initialized the INIT cannot specify a combination defect processing method When this combination of defect processing methods is specified the IDD performs verification of the data blocks after initialization and creates the C List In other combination defect processing methods the INIT can clearly specify whether the verificati
57. indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X 03 Total data length 7 bytes Byte 4 and subsequent bytes list all the VPD information page codes supported by the IDD with the VPD page code indicated in ascending order in each byte b Device serial No This VPD information reports the device serial number of the IDD The format of this VPD information is shown in Figure 3 4 a ei a oe le ae X OC Page Length Lo poe 8 Page Codey Device Serial No ASCII Figure 3 4 VPD information device serial No C141 E167 3 11 Command Specifications The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X 80 of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X OC Total data length 16 bytes Bytes 4 to 15 indicate the IDD s device serial number in right justified decimal ASCII code Operation mode This VPD information reports the IDD s current operation mode The for
58. inhibit or WrInh write inhibit flag are as follows RdInh e READ e VERIFY e READ EXTENDED e WRITE AND VERIFY e READ LONG e PRE FETCH Wrinh e FORMAT UNIT e WRITE EXTENDED e REASSIGN BLOCKS e WRITE LONG e WRITE e WRITE SAME e WRITE AND VERIFY When zero is specified in the processing block count that command is not executed 2 Even if a write operation is prohibited by this command 0 is indicated in the WP write protect bit reported to the INIT in the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands 3 If 0 is specified in this command in the WrInh flag execution of a FORMAT UNIT command or REASSIGN BLOCKS command issued in linked form following this command is permitted the specification of the range where access is permitted is not applied 3 2 10 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 Logical Block Address a ee a a a aa This command matches the logical block data in the data buffer with the same logical block data recorded on the disk media If the data in the logical block in the data buffer is newer than the data on the disk media those data are written to the disk media When the write cache is used unwritten data held in the data buffer which are written to the disk media are written using this command 3 74 C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands 3 3 3 3 1 The values specified in the Logical block address field and Block count field in the CDB are disregarded and if any unw
59. initial values for the command in the command pointer data pointer and status pointer 2 The INIT selects the TARG in the SELECTION phase after obtaining the SCSI bus usage in the ARBITRATION phase After the SELECTION phase is ended the SCSI bus control is entrusted to the TARG 3 If the ATTENTION condition exists when the TARG responds to the SELECTION phase the TARG executes the MESSAGE OUT phase Normally the INIT sends the IDENTIFY message as the initial message and specifies the device LUN that is the object of the operation 4 The TARG executes the COMMAND phase and receives the CDB from the INIT The TARG judges the length of the CDB by the group code in the first byte of the CDB and requests transfer of the necessary number of bytes 5 The TARG investigates the contents of the command and executes the requested operation In the case of commands for which data transfer on the SCSI bus is necessary the DATA IN or the DATA OUT phase is executed C141 E167 1 3 Outline of Command Processing 6 7 When execution of the command is completed the TARG reports the execution results by the status byte in the STATUS phase to the INIT The TARG reports the TASK COMPLETE message to the INIT in the MESSAGE IN phase and enters the BUS FREE phase 1 3 2 Command link The command link function is a function which causes the TARG to execute continuous processing of multiple commands Following shows examples of command
60. is lower than the data transfer rate of the disk drive since the data pre fetch of data that are to be written to that data block is not completed it may not be possible to write the data continuously to the disk data underrun In this case the IDD waits one disk revolution while continuing to pre fetch data from the INIT then repositions the block that caused the data underrun and continues the writing of data to the disk After disconnect processing if all the blocks of data specified in the command have not yet been transferred from the INIT as writing of data to the disk media progresses at the point when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified in the buffer empty ratio in the MODE SELECT parameter the IDD performs reconnection processing and begins transferring the succeeding data data pre fetch Writing of data to the disk media is performed in parallel and data transfer with the INIT continues until the empty space in the data buffer is full or until transfer of all the data specified in the command is completed From then on disconnection reconnection and data transfer are repeated until transfer of all the blocks of data specified in the command is completed When writing of all the specified data is completed the IDD reports the status and terminates the command Notes 1 If the amount of transfer data specified in a command is smaller than the capacity of the cache segment all the data necessary
61. is reported without disconnecting Sequential writing is performed without waiting for rotation 0 This prohibits operation of the write cache function Write data remains in the buffer memory the cache is not made the object even for a read command and as soon as all the data has been written to the disk GOOD status is reported C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats SIZE size enable not supported 1 Divides the data buffer in accordance with the value specified for the cache segment size bytes 14 15 0 Divides the data buffer in accordance with the value specified for the number of cache segments byte 13 This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 0 DISC discontinuity 1 Even if a track switch occurs during Look Ahead the Look Ahead operation continues without interruption 0 Look Ahead is terminated at the point where track switch occurs during Look Ahead This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 1 IC initiator control enable 1 Dividing of cache segments is according to the SIZE bit specification 0 Dividing of the cache segments is performed by an algorithm that is inherent in the IDD The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 Demand Read Retention Priority not
62. length are the same in the IDD The data block length can be specified at 512 to 528 bytes 4 byte boundary If less than 512 bytes is specified in this field the IDD performs rounding processing there is a rounding processing report setting the data block length at 512 bytes If more than 528 bytes is specified rounding processing is performed there is a rounding processing report setting the data block length at 528 bytes If the number except the multiple of 4 is specified within this range the number is rounded up at the multiple of 4 that is closest to the specified number Rounding processing is reported If zero is specified in this field the value specified in bytes 12 and 13 Data byte length sector of Page 3 Format Parameter is set At that time if Page 3 is not specified at the same time the current value in Page 3 is used If the value set in this field differs from the value specified in bytes 12 and 13 Data byte length sector of Page 3 Format Parameter the data block length in the block descriptor is set C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands c Page descriptor The Page descriptor is configured from a 2 byte page header followed by a parameter field and each parameter function attribute is classified in a unit called a Page The individual Page descriptors in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands may be specified independently by the INIT and multiple Page descriptors may be sp
63. new one provided by this command and the other one already being held on the drive If the reservation requirements conflict the command is rejected and returned with the RESERVATION CONFLICT status In this case RESERVE PREEMPT and CLEAR processing is not executed However if the reservation requirement held by an initiator is preempted specified by the service action reservation key in the RESERVE PREEMPT or PREEMPT AND ABORT service action the reservation requirement is excluded from the conflict determination The RELEASE and CLEAR service actions do not conflict with any reservation requirements However if a reservation key is not registered or if a reservation key does not match the reserved one it returns the RESERVATION CONFLICT status If an initiator that does not register a reservation key issues this command specified with a service action other than REGISTER or REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY the command is rejected and returned with the RESERVATION CONFLICT status The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command includes fields for specifying the type of PERSISTENT RESERVATION service action the applied Scope of a persistent reservation and the restrictions defined by a persistent reservation For definitions of Type and Scope fields see Sections 3 1 18 3 1 and 3 1 18 3 2 If the specified Scope value cannot be executed on the device the drive returns the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5
64. occur during execution of the self test This field only use to report the value by the MODE SENSE MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Therefore the IDD ignores specified value by the MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED command C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters 4 1 8 Notch parameter page code 0C e ee ee AER ee fa 1 X 16 Page Length This page is used to report the top address and final address of each zone If the zone number 1 of the notching zone is set in the Active notch field and this parameter is issued the starting and ending address of the specified zone can be referred to by the MODE SENSE command Also if Page 3 and Page 3F are specified by the MODE SENSE command the parameters below the zone specified in the notch page can be referred to e Track zone Page 3 Byte 02 03 Note e Sector count track Page 3 Bytes 10 11 e Track Skew Factor Page 3 Bytes 16 17 e Cylinder Skew Factor Page 3 Bytes 18 19 Note Normally the number of tracks logical heads per cell is set in the track count zone but in the case of notching only the total track count number of cylinders in the zone x number of logical heads of the affected zone is reported C141 E167 4 31 Parameter Data Formats If this parameter is issued only the format parameter of the zone specified by the MODE SENSE command can be referred to without changing the number of accessible blocks Also if a MODE SENSE
65. parameter x DD s SCSI ID x 0 1 seconds from the power is switched on If X 00 is specified in this parameter the motor starts immediately after the power is switched on no matter what SCSI ID is set in the IDD Also the IDD starts the motor immediately no matter what value is specified in this parameter This parameter is enabled only when set in the Auto Motor Start Mode with a setting terminal C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 3 15 MODE SELECT 15 This command performs setting and changing of each type of parameter related to disk drive physical attributes data format timing of SCSI bus disconnect reconnect processing and error recovery procedures etc The INIT can know the types of parameters the current settings of each parameter and the types of parameters which can be changed and the ranges for such changes etc by using the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command The data MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT to the IDD by this command are configured from a Header Block Descriptor and one or more Page Descriptors which describe each parameter each of which will be explained later When the PF page format bit in CDB byte 1 is 1 it indicates that the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT by this command are in the Page Descriptor format The IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and regards the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT as being
66. parameter list MODE SENSE data which it is possible to transfer to the INIT by this command The length of the Sense data length field itself is not included in this value Also a value for a portion of data with a length that is supported by the IDD is reported in this field for a parameter list of the type specified in the CDB regardless of the specification of the Transfer byte length field in the CDB In order for the INIT to confirm that all the parameter list requested in the command has been transferred it should check whether the value which has the length of the Sense data length field itself added to the value indicated in this field is less than the value specified in the Transfer byte length field Media type X 00 default type is always reported in this field WP bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that a write operation to the disk media is prohibited and when 0 is specified it indicates that a write operation is permitted Prohibition or permission of a write operation can be specified through the setting terminal write protect on the IDD See Product Specifications Installation Procedures in the Product Manual concerning the setting terminal DPOFUA bit When this bit is 0 it indicates that the IDD does not support the DPO and FUA bits When this bit is 1 it indicates that the IDD supports the DPO and FUA bits Block descriptor length This field indicates the Block descriptor length
67. queuing The previously set environment and conditions such as MODE SELECT parameters are not changed An INIT which wants to clear only specific commands it has issued itself must use an ABORT TASK SET message or an ABORT TASK message In this case the INIT generates an ATTENTION condition at the desired point in time if that command is currently being executed on the SCSI bus then sends the ABORT TASK SET message to the TARG Also if there is a disconnect in effect after the INIT selects the TARG an ABORT message in the case of an untagged command or an ABORT TASK message in the case of a tagged command is sent following an IDENTIFY message which specifies the object logical unit or the INIT waits until a reconnection request occurs then sends an ABORT TASK SET message or ABORT TASK message In the case of an ABORT TASK SET message only the commands issued previously in the logical unit specified at that time by the INIT that issues the ABORT TASK SET message currently being executed or queuing are cleared and there is no influence on the other commands When an ABORT TASK message is received only the command issued to the logical unit specified at that time by the INIT which issued the ABORT TASK message is cleared and there is no influence on the other commands No status byte or TASK COMPLETE message concerning commands cleared in this processing is reported In particular in the case of clearing of a write operation command for
68. self test bit in this command the command execution results are reported by the status byte and the sense data Therefore even if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is executed after this command the self diagnosis test execution results are not reported as response data Remark The error recovery control flag is valid only for PER Therefore the only error recovery flag combination that is actually executed in the above self diagnosis tests is the PER DTE 1 0 combination Parameter specification When 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in the CDB the IDD executes the operations specified in the parameter list transferred from the INIT by this command In this case the IDD reports a GOOD status and terminates this command at the point when preparation of the response data is completed after completing the specified operations The INIT can read the execution results response data by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command When the PF page format bit in the CDB is 1 the parameter list transferred from the INIT by this command shows the page format explained later but the IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and always handles the page format according to the specifications in the parameter list when the parameter list is transferred by this command Also when the SelfTest self test bit is 0 the specifications in the DefOfl device off line bit and t
69. space eae pe REg Cylinder 0 1 Track 0 K 4 a 1 Cylinder 0 Track 1 l a 1 Cell 0 aa Cell ie TCylinder 0 Zone 0 1 Track m 1 E 4 l a 1 Spare sectors for each cell Sa ae fS T a N E eae iff Cell 1 Cell j User space l Spare sectors for each cell mie a ae a a t Track 0 Alternate cylinder b Alternate cylinder b are i Zone 1 4 gt Cylinder a 1 p Zone x 1 4 c se MD ie Last ane d 1 4 Last cylinder MAP3147 MAP3735 MAP3367 MAS3367 MAS3735 1044 48970 49040 49166 i 4 w J Figure 1 5 Data space configuration C141 E167 1 31 Command Processing 1 8 2 1 2 Logical block addressing The IDD uses logical data block addressing which is not dependent on the disk drive s physical structure as the method of data access on the disk medium The IDD makes correspondence between each physical sector and each logical data clock address during formatting Access to the data on the disk medium is performed in logical data block units and the INIT specifies the logical data block address that is its object during access In logical data block addressing specifying of a data block address is a function which specifies 2 continuous binary numbers for each drive Furthermore the INIT can know the logical data block address range in the user space where specif
70. support data but not vital product data is 12h 02h FFh 00h 07h 7 VPD information When 1 is specified in the EVPD bits of the CDB the VPD information described below is transferred to the INIT by this command The INIT specifies the type of VPD information required in the Page code field of the CDB The type of VPD information supported by the IDD and its page code number are as shown below Page Code Page Hex Function 00 Page code list of supported VPD information 80 Device serial number CO Operation mode Furthermore if page codes other than those shown above VPD information that is not supported by the IDD are specified in the CDB that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CBD 24 00 The format and contents of each type of VPD information are shown below a Page code list This VPD information reports the page code list of VPD information supported by the IDD The format of this VPD information is shown in Figure 3 3 3 10 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands X 00 Page Code X 6 X CO Operation Mode Figure 3 3 VPD information VPD identifier list The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X 00 of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3
71. test segment error occurred during the Self Test ie Test 04 Logical unit unable to update The IDD failed to update the Self Test result The IDD failed to update the Self Test resultlog 3F Microcode has been changed Microcode was changed by another INIT 02 Changed operating Operating definition was changed definition Device identifier changed Device identifier was Device identifier was changed sstsSsis Y nn Diagnostic failure on An error was detected in self diagnosis nn is a Fujitsu unique component nn code 81 Buffer RAM compare error bus error 82 Program RAM compare error bus error 83 HDC register check error 84 Firmware header check sum error 85 Firmware type unmatch 86 Parameter header check sum error 88 Drive Serial No unmatch 89 DE type unmatch a Other MPU peripheral circuit diagnostic error 2 Spindle motor firmware initialize error 3 pse o an message sent by the IDD was illegally rejected Ea nn Internal target failure An error was detected in self diagnosis nn is a Fujitsu unique code 90 Next sector IDD compare error 91 WCS RAM parity error 92 Unexpected FMT interrupt 94 NRZ parity error during Write MAS3 Series only 99 Overflow error occurred at SPC FIFO 9A Unexpected SPC interrupt 9B SPC detected illegal command interrupt 9C SPC detected illegal write interrupt 9D SPC detected Sync offset error interrupt AO Error interription from DBM A3 DBM buffer C
72. this mode is specified Header Buffer Data Byte 0 Buffer Data Byte 1 Data Buffer Data Byte n4 Figure 3 24 WRITE BUFFER command buffer data Mode 000 001 l C141 E167 3 103 Command Specifications 2 3 4 Mode 0 0 0 1 Header data without address specification The format of data transferred from the INIT in this mode must be the same as in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 and the 4 byte header with zero specified in all its contents must be added to them In this mode the top address of the data buffer where the data transferred from the INIT are stored can be specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred by the INIT The transfer byte count specification includes the 4 bytes of the header The IDD stores data transferred from the INIT in a length in which the number of bytes in the header has been deleted from the data Transfer byte length 4 bytes in the data buffer beginning at the byte position specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB Furthermore a value less than the IDD s buffer size value specified in the Buffer address field 4 bytes must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value larger than that is specified data transfer is not executed with the INIT Also whe
73. to the state in which the command was terminated Here the procedure for analyzing the command execution termination state and recommended procedures for error recovery processing executed by the INIT in accordance with the results are explained Termination status analysis and error recovery methods Figure 5 3 shows a model of the INIT s general processing flow from issuing of the command until reception of the termination status In the figure a BUS FREE Error is the case where the SCSI bus entered the BUS FREE phase at a point not intended by the INIT at a point when entering the BUS FREE phase was not permitted by the SCSI bus protocol specification and normally it is an error detected by the host system s INIT s SCSI controller s hardware or firmware C141 E167 5 11 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods 1 Command issue Yes END status received Normal end BUS FREE error Yes To item 1 Yes io To item 1 PRESERVATION CONFLICT See item 4 To item 2 See item 3 Issue of REQUEST SENSE command To Section 5 3 2 Figure 5 3 Analysis of the termination status BUSY QUEUE FULL status This status indicates that the IDD is currently executing processing of another command and that a new command cannot be received The INIT that receives this status can reissue the original command Under a multi initiator environment when an
74. which are objects of caching are disabled e CHANGE DEFINITION e LOG SELECT e MODE SELECT e MODE SENSE PERSISTENT RSV IN READ BUFFER READ DEFECT DATA READ LONG RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS REPORT DEV ID SEND DIAGNOSTIC START STOP UNIT WRITE LONG FORMAT UNIT LOG SENSE MODE SELECT EXTENDED MODE SENSE EXTENDED PERSISTENT RSV OUT READ CAPACITY READ DEFECT DATA 12 REASSIGN BLOCKS RELEASE EXTENDED RESERVE EXTENDED SET DEV ID WRITE BUFFER WRITE SAME c If the data buffer where data which are objects of caching are stored is used by any of the following commands the data existing in that data buffer which are objects of caching are disabled e READ e READ EXTENDED e WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY VERIFY d If any of the following events occurs all the data which are objects of caching are disabled e A RESET condition occurs on the SCSI bus e A TARGET RESET message is issued by any INIT C141 E167 2 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature 2 2 2 Caching parameters The IDD supports the MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters page code 8 shown in Figure 2 5 for controlling the cache feature See Section 4 1 concerning details of the MODE SELECT parameters Caching Parameters Page Code 8 es ee a X 0A or X 12 Page Length Deft of to To a oT a e r lt 1 toe I ee Ee Minimum prefetch Maximum prefetch 10 11 Maximum prefetch limit block count Reserved eT Variab
75. which stipulates functions which a direct access device magnetic disk etc should support Command Descriptor Block A series of data which describes commands related to input output operations sent from the initiator to the target This is a command to a target to perform an input output operation and it is described as the CDB This is processing which temporarily frees the connected state of the target with the SCSI bus and the initiator at the point in the target s command processing execution process when operations on the SCSI bus are not needed GL 1 Glossary Initiator INIT This is a SCSI device which initiates input and output operations on the SCSI bus In this manual initiator has been abbreviated to INIT Logical Unit This is the device unit which is the object of input output operations on the SCSI bus LUN Logical Unit Number This is the serial number which identifies a logical unit Message This is control information that is delivered and received between the initiators and targets operating on the SCSI bus for controlling a series of bus phases and input output operation execution sequences Reconnect For a target which has executed disconnect processing this is processing which reconnects tot he initiator at the point when operations on the SCSI bus again become necessary SCSI Small Computer System Interface The standardized input output interface of the American National Standards Institute ANS
76. write errors 4 41 total posted recoverable read errors 4 45 verify errors 4 49 write errors 4 42 total posted unrecoverable read errors 4 46 verify errors 4 50 write errors 4 43 total read bytes processed 4 46 total verify bytes processed 4 49 total write bytes processed 4 42 track count zone 4 15 track skew factor 4 16 transfer block 4 3 count 1 4 transfer byte length 1 4 3 3 transfer data length 1 3 TSD 3 47 TST 4 28 type of command and disconnect processing 1 12 U UNIT ATTENTION condition 1 20 multiple hold 1 22 UNIT ATTENTION report mode 3 17 unrecoverable hardware error 1 29 untagged queuing 1 16 UNTATN 3 17 user space logical block address 1 32 V valid 5 2 vendor ID field 3 7 vendor unique 1 4 VERIFY 3 69 4 20 verify error count page 4 47 recovery parameter 4 19 5 25 6 6 verify errors recovered without delay 4 47 with possible delay 4 48 version 3 5 3 9 descriptor field 3 8 VPD identifier list 3 11 VPD information 3 11 to 3 12 WwW WCE 4 23 WDTR 3 16 when power on occurs 1 20 when RESET occurs 1 20 when TARGET RESET occurs 1 20 wide mode data transfer 1 15 IN 8 C141 E167 WP bit 3 32 WRITE 3 67 WRITE AND VERIFY 3 69 4 20 WRITE BUFFER 3 102 command 3 103 write cache 2 10 enable 4 23 write error count page 4 40 write errors recovered without delay 4 40 with possible delay 4 41 WRITE EXTENDED 3 68 WRITE LONG 3 112 write operation 2 3 write retention priority 4 24 WRIT
77. writing to the disk media which is currently being executed the IDD stops processing of that command as shown in Table 1 6 The case of halting an overlapping command that is currently being executed see Section 1 7 1 is the same The INIT must determine the complete completion state and if necessary must execute data recovery processing C141 E167 1 7 Command Processing Exceptions Table 1 6 Type of command WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY SEND DIAGNOSTIC Write Read Test Reset processing during write Halting process of command execution Data blocks which are currently being written are processed normally including the ECC portion and execution of the command is terminated at the point when that processing is completed Not all the data transferred WRITE LONG from the INIT to the IDD will necessarily be written to the WRITE SAME disk media FORMAT UNIT At the point when processing of the data block that is currently being written initialized is completed execution of the command is halted Since the formatting results cannot be guaranteed for the entire disk surface it is necessary for the INIT to reissue the command REASSIGN BLOCKS At the point when processing of alternate blocks which are MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED LOG SENSE Specifying parameter save SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 1 7 7 1 2 currently being assigned is completed execution of the command is halted Not all the alter
78. 0 Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List and the previously existing G List Format parameters not transferred Note 4 Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 The previously existing G List is saved Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the previously existing G List Note 1 The P List is saved but it is not Note 2 used in defect processing Note 3 The previously existing G List is saved Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect C141 E167 3 83 Command Specifications Table 3 5 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 2 of 3 FmtData CmpLst Defect list FOV pDpry _ Detect format List Length Defect Processing Method Neither the P List or the G List is used in defect processing alternate block allocation processing is not performed The P List is saved but the previously existing G List is erased Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List in the previously existing G List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The D List is added to the previously existing G List Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the previously existing G List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The P List is saved but it is not used
79. 0 Header Data without Address Specification 0 0 0 1 Header Data with Address Specification 0 0 1 0 Data Only with Address Specification 0 1 0 0 Microcode Download without Saving 0 1 0 1 Microcode Download with Saving 0 1 1 0 Microcode Download with offset without Saving 0 1 1 1 Microcode Download with offset and Saving 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer 1 Mode 0 0 0 0 Header data without address specification In this mode a 4 byte header with all zero s specified for the contents must be added to the top of the data transferred from the INIT Also zero must be specified in the Buffer address field of the CDB The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred form the INIT The transfer byte count specification includes the 4 bytes of the header The IDD stores the data transferred from the INIT with the header omitted Transfer byte length 4 bytes in the data buffer beginning in order from the top of the data buffer Address X 000000 Furthermore a value which is less than the IDD s buffer size 4 bytes must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value that is larger than this is specified no data transfer with the INIT is executed Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data being transferred Figure 3 24 shows the format of data transferred from the INIT when
80. 00 for this parameter If X 00 is specified the IDD assigns an appropriate value for this parameter that is determined by IDD Buffer empty ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start reconnection when it is requested by the INIT to transfer data in the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command The value specified in this parameter n indicates the size of the empty area in the IDD s data buffer as a proportion of the total data buffer capacity of the IDD n 256 Note While the IDD is writing data to the disk media it is using the data pre fetched to the data buffer in order and when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified in this parameter it executes reconnection processing requesting transfer of the succeeding data If the total number of bytes in the transferred data block count specified in the command is less than the capacity of the buffer segment all the data are pre fetched in a batch so the specification in this parameter is not applied The default value for this parameter is X 00 The host can also specify X 00 for this parameter If X 00 is specified the IDD assigns an appropriate value for this parameter that is determined by IDD C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats Note If the value specified for the buffer full ratio or the buffer empty ratio is not within double the integral boundary of the logical data block length the IDD ro
81. 05 ILLEGAL REQUEST e Sense Code Sub sense ee 24 00 Invalid field in CDB e VALID Bit ai 2 e ILT bit Ta e Information Field Transfer ive length in the CDB Original Transfer byte length Remark The calculation formula for the information field expresses 1 logical data block as n physical sectors and when negative as a complement of 2 C141 E167 3 111 Command Specifications 3 4 6 Error recovery processing during execution of this command is in accordance with the specifications in Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Page code 21 Additional error recovery parameters e The ARRE flag and the DTE flag are not applied e The TB flag is treated as if 1 was specified WRITE LONG 3F Logical Block Address MSB oe Logical Block Address me ae Logical Block Address aa Logical Block Address LSB a oe oe Transfer Byte Length MSB a a Transfer Byte Length LSB se feto oo ole lm This command writes the data block data transferred from the INIT together with the ECC to form bytes in the logical data blocks on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB Normally this command is used for checking the ECC function in combination with the READ LONG command The object of this command s operation is only 1 data block Also the data transferred from the INIT by this command must have the same order and the same length as the da
82. 06 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during verify operations 4 2 6 Non medium error count page X 06 X 00 Page Length X 08 Page Length X 0000 Parameter code Non medium Error Count Counter Value 4 50 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters The Counter Value indicates the count of all non medium errors 01 xx xx 02 xx xx 04 xx xx 05 xx xx 06 xx xx 07 xx xx 09 xx xx and OB xx xx posted to the interface Implementation If a non medium error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information 4 2 7 Temperature page X 0D po All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 2 7 1 Temperature Page 0D Code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Temperature a Se X 02 Parameter Length Fa Temperature degrees Celsius The Temperature sensed in the device at the time the LOG SENSE command is performed shall be returned in the parameter code 0000h The one byte binary value specifies the temperature of the device in degrees Celsius Temperatures equal to or less than zero degrees Celsius shall be indicated by a value of zero If a valid temperature cannot be detected because of a sensor failure or other condition the value ret
83. 1 e Information field Logical block address specified in the defect descriptor at the point when alternate block allocation becomes impossible Command inherent information field Also when this command is terminated abnormally with a CHECK CONDITION status due to any one of several other types of error besides the above error the logical block address specified in the first defect descriptor which did not undergo alternate block allocation is reported in the Command inherent information field in the sense data However if alternate block allocation processing of the defect descriptors for which alternate block allocation has not been implemented cannot be specified or if alternate block allocation of all the specified defect descriptors has been completed the Command inherent information field indicates X FFFFFFFF When alternate block allocation processing is successful the defect position information on the disk media related to the data blocks specified in the defect descriptor list is recorded on the disk media as the defect list G List The INIT can read the contents of the G List using the READ DEFECT DATA command Also this command has no influence on the contents of the primary defect list P List Note The defect position information in the G List is physical block addresses logical data block addresses are allocated when no defect exists on the disk media Therefore the values specified in t
84. 1 01 In either case the IDD is restored to the ready state by reinitializing the disk media using the FORMAT UNIT command Error recovery processing If an error is detected an recoverable error on the SCSI bus or internally in the IDD the IDD attempts recovery processing of the detected error during command execution The INIT can specify detailed parameters related to error recovery processing and whether or not there is a report for errors which were successfully recovered by using the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command It can also save those parameters in accordance with INIT specifications in the system space on the disk media and can change them temporarily without saving them After the power is switched on or after a reset RESET condition or TARGET RESET message the saved parameters are read and the error recovery processing procedures is initialized See Section 3 1 5 MODE SELECT and Section 3 1 6 MODE SELECT EXTENDED for details of the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command See Section 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing and Chapter 3 SCSI Bus Error Recovery Processing of SCSI Physical Interface Specifications for details of error recovery processing An outline of error recovery processing executed by the IDD is shown below Recovery processing for errors on SCSI bus The IDD performs the error recovery for SCSI bus errors except for errors detected on DATA phase However
85. 1 Olympia Thai Tower 444 Rachadapisek Road Samsennok Huay Kwang Bangkok 10320 Thailand TEL 66 2 512 6066 FAX 66 2 512 6068 This page is intentionally left blank Index 10 byte CDB basic format 1 2 12 byte CDB basic format 1 2 6 byte CDB basic format 1 1 A accounting date 4 53 ACE 3 18 active notch 4 32 additional data length 3 5 additional error recovery parameter 4 36 5 25 additional sense data length 5 3 AGD 3 18 AIP checking enabled 3 18 generation disabled 3 18 alternate area 1 32 alternate block allocation 6 2 method 6 2 processing 6 2 6 7 processing by REASSIGN BLOCKS command 6 3 processing during FORMAT UNIT command execution 6 2 alternate cylinder 6 2 alternate sector count zone 4 15 processing 6 2 alternate track count drive 4 15 count zone 4 15 analysis of termination status 5 12 application client page 4 55 ARRE 4 3 auto alternate block allocation processing 5 23 6 3 during read operation 5 23 during write operation 5 24 automatic read reallocation enable 4 3 automatic write reallocation enabled 4 3 AWRE 4 3 B basic disconnect processing procedure 1 13 bit6 1 4 bit 7 1 4 block descriptor 3 23 3 32 6 4 length 3 23 3 32 buffer data 3 103 3 108 buffer descriptor 3 109 buffer empty ratio 2 6 4 11 buffer full ratio 2 5 4 11 buffer overrun underrun page 4 39 BUS FREE error 5 13 bus inactivity limit 4 12 BUS Y QUEUE FULL status 5 12 BUSY status 1 7 byte 2 3 23 3 47 byte 20 4 16
86. 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions In a service action nonvolatile memory in the logical unit may be required to be in the ready state to access information about reservation requirements or registration MA 3 series product requires the drive to be ready If the nonvolatile memory is not ready the drive returns the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to NOT READY 2 The sense data is specified with the same value returned by the TEST UNIT READY command The service action codes for the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command are listed below Code Description 00h READ KEYS Reads all of the registered reservation keys Olh READ RESERVATIONS Reads all of the persistent reservations that are currently enabled 02h 1Fh Reserved 3 1 18 1 1 READ KEYS In the READ KEYS service action the drive transfers the following information to the initiator as a parameter data list e Current generation value See Section 3 1 18 2 e All of the reservation keys that are currently registered 8 bytes each If several initiators register the same key the key is listed once for each registration Therefore the key is displayed on the list as many times as the number of initiators The keys are not listed in the order of their registration but in ascending order based on INIT IDs For example INIT ID O0 is listed first The keys are registered in the REGISTER service action by the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command C141 E167 3 1 Con
87. 4 becoming ready The spindle motor is not at its regular rotation speed or has reached its regular rotation speed but is still reading the information 02 Logical unit not ready Disk drive is in start command waiting state initializing command required E 04 Logical unit not ready The drive cannot be accessed since it is being formatted 2 format in progress Logical unit not ready The drive cannot be accessed since it is being Self Test 2 Self Test in progress 1 Specified temperature Temperature exceeded established value 0 1 6 exceeded 0C Write error recovered with A write error was recovered with auto reallocation auto reallocation Write error auto Write auto reallocation or the write that was applied to auto reallocation failed reallocation was failed Write Error Unrecovered Write Offtrack Error e Write retries are exhausted in case of AWRE 0 Write Error Reported if a write offtrack occurred during the Format unit command execution 01 02 3 03 11 0 02 04 C Sense Code Q Sub sense Code 1 3 3 e Unrecovered Write Offtrack Error Write offtrack retries are exhausted Unrecovered Read Error Unrecovered read error occurs during reading data field LBA 3 Miscompare Error detected by SCSI portion Read retries exhausted Unrecovered error was detected during data read retry out 3 i 3 Error too long to correct Unrecovered error was detected during data read BCRC error detected by SCSI Unr
88. 41 E167 4 43 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 4 1 Read errors recovered without delays Page 03 Code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered read errors that would not be reported to the initiator during read operations because no delay is incurred 4 2 4 2 Read errors recovered with possible delays Page 03 Code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered read errors that would not be reported to the initiator during read operations because possible delay is incurred 4 44 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 4 3 Total posted read errors Page 03 Code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted verify errors to the interface page X 05 Parameter code X 0002 Implementation If a read error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information 4 2 4 4 Total posted recoverable read errors Page 03 Code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to th
89. ATTENTION Condition The UNIT ATTENTION condition is a function used to notify the INIT asynchronously of an event status change that has occurred in the TARG or logical unit Generation of the UNIT ATTENTION condition Events which cause a UNIT ATTENTION condition to be generated are one of the following C141 E167 1 19 Command Processing 1 2 3 4 1 When power on RESET or TARGET RESET occurs If the IDD s power is switched on the IDD enters the RESET condition or is reset by a TARGET RESET message this UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated for all the INITs regardless of whether the disk drive is in the ready state or not Mode parameters changed changed by another INIT If the parameters specified in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command are changed by any INIT a UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated for all the INITs other than the INIT which changed the parameters Commands cleared by another INIT Commands which are being executed or which are queued are cleared if one of the following events occurs and this UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated e The CLEAR TASK SET message is issued by any INIT e Tagged queuing is prohibited by a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command Page A send from any INIT DQue 1 e The sense hold state of an INIT is released when 1 is specified in the QErr bit of MODE SELECT parameter page A However the IDD does not enter the
90. Address Format Before Conversion 0 0 Address Format After Conversion Figure 3 20 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters logical physical address conversion C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands The Address Format Before Conversion field shows the format of the address information specified in bytes 6 to 13 The IDD converts that address information to the expression format specified in the Address Format After Conversion field the following codes can be specified as the Address Format Code Address Format 0 0 0 Logical Block Address Format 1 0 0 Byte Distance from the Index Format 1 0 1 Physical Sector Address Format The description format of the address information specified in bytes 6 to 13 is the same as the description specification of the D List transferred from the INIT by the FORMAT UNIT command For details see the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 3 3 1 furthermore when the logical block address format is specified it must be described in bytes 6 to 9 and zero must be specified in the remaining byte positions When a logical data block address which does not exist outside the range of the MODE SELECT parameter is specified in the logical block address format or when an area which cannot be allocated as User Space on the disk drive cylinders which physically do not exist is specified in the Byte Distance from the Index format or the Physical Sector Address format that
91. C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Note If transfer of this page descriptor is required by the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command the IDD reports X OE as the page length byte 1 However if either X OE or X 0A is specified for the page length in the MODE SELECT command the IDD regards it as if the correct page length was specified The X 0A page length is provided in consideration of compatibility with previous models but it is recommended that the page length X OE be used by the INIT to support expansions in the specifications in the future See Section 2 1 Data Buffer concerning specification methods for the Buffer Full Ratio and Buffer Empty Ratio parameters in this page descriptor and details of data buffer operation a Buffer full ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start reconnection processing in order to transfer data to the INIT by the READ or READ EXTENDED command The value specified in this parameter n shows the amount of data read to the IDD s data buffer from the disk media as a proportion n 256 of the total capacity of the data buffer until reconnection processing with the SCSI bus is started Note If it is possible to transfer the amount of data specified in this parameter to the INIT from the data buffer reconnection processing is executed and transfer of data to the INIT begins The default value for this parameter is X 00 The host can also specify X
92. C141 E167 01EN MAP3367 MAP3735 MAP3147 NP NC SERIES MAS3367 MAS3735 NP NC SERIES DISK DRIVES SCSI LOGICAL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS oe FUJITSU FOR SAFE OPERATION Handling of This Manual This manual contains important information for using this product Read thoroughly before using the product Use this product only after thoroughly reading and understanding especially the section Important Alert Items in this manual Keep this manual handy and keep it carefully FUJITSU makes every effort to prevent users and bystanders from being injured or from suffering damage to their property Use the product according to this manual This product is designed and manufactured for use in standard applications such as office work personal devices and household appliances This product is not intended for special uses atomic controls aeronautic or space systems mass transport controls medical devices for life support or weapons firing controls where particularly high reliability requirements exist where the pertinent levels of safety are not guaranteed or where a failure or operational error could threaten a life or cause a physical injury hereafter referred to as mission critical use Customers considering the use of these products for mission critical applications must have safety assurance measures in place beforehand Moreover they are requested to consult our sales representative before embarking on such specialized use Fir
93. CII code Product ID field The product s model name is displayed in left justified ASCII code in this field Product Revision field The IDD s microcode version number is displayed in ASCII code in this field C141 E167 Command Specifications k Device Serial Number field The value following byte 4 of the device serial number in the VPD information is indicated in this field Higher order digits which do not contain valid numbers are filled with ASCII code spaces X 20 Clocking field This field indicates the code which shows the clocking method The definition of the code is as shown below Clocking Bit 3 Description 2 0 Indicates the device server supports only ST 1 Indicates the device server supports only DT 0 Reserved 1 Indicates the device server supports ST and DT QAS Quick Arbitrate Supported bit This bit of one indicates that the device server supports the quick arbitrate feature A value of zero indicates that the device server does not support the quick arbitrate feature IUS Information unit supported bit This bit of one indicates that the device server supports information units A value of zero indicates that the device server does not support information units Version Descriptor field This field is provided for identifying upto eight standards to which the Device claims conformance The IDD shall be indicated as shown below
94. D The IDD disregards the specification in this bit Cache segment count This parameter specifies the number of cache segments used by the IDD This parameter is valid when the SIZE bit specification is 0 When a value greater than max value is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and sets max value Also when a value less than 3 is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and set 4 This parameter indicates the same value for all initiators and if it is changed by any initiator a UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 Mode select parameter changed 2A 01 is generated for all the initiators that did not change it This parameter can be changed though the IDD disregards the specification of this field The IDD divides the Cache Segments according to the inherent algorithm That is the Cache Segment size is best tuned per the request data size of Host command Within one Cache Segment data for various commands are stored The biggest Cache Segment size is approximately 476 KB IDD does not support this paramenter IDD disregards the specification of this field Non cache buffer size If this field is greater than zero this field advises the device server how many bytes the application client requests that the device server allocate for a buffer function when all other C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters cache segments are occupied by data to be retained If the number is at least one caching function
95. DEFECT DATA 37 a e 0 0 0 0 ER 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a T es T es fe Tepe o o o This command transfers the list described in the defect position information of the disk media defect data to the INIT There are two types of defect data the P List primary defect list and the G list grown defect list The P List indicates the defect position information at the time the disk drive was shipped from the factory On the other hand the G List shows the defect position information specified from the INIT by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command or automatic alternate block allocation processing or when executing the FORMAT UNIT command or defective data block positional information from alternate block allocation from Verify operation after initialization The INIT can specify the defect data type transferred to the INIT by the P List primary list bit and G List grown list bit in the CDB and can specify the defect data format by the Defect List Format field 3 88 C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands PList GList Defect Data Type 1 1 P List and G List 1 0 P List only 0 1 G List only 0 0 4 byte header information only described in this section Defect List Format Defect Data Format 0 0 0 Block Address Format 1 0 0 Byte Distance from the Index Format 1 0 1 Physical Sector Address Format The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the defect data length number of bytes that can be receive
96. Depending on the page code this field may not be necessary page parameter length 0 Page code list C141 E167 Command Specifications This parameter page specifies transfer of the Page code list of the parameter page supported by the IDD in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command to the INIT Figure 3 19 shows the format of this parameter page The page code list supported by the IDD is transferred to the INIT by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command which is issued following the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command that specifies this parameter page shown in Section 3 4 2 1 o X 00 Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 00 Page parameter length X 00 Page parameter length Figure 3 19 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters page code list Logical physical address conversion This parameter page specifies conversion of the address information expressed in either the Logical Block Address Physical Sector Address or Byte Distance from the Index format to another expression format Figure 3 20 shows this parameter page format The INIT can specify the address information that should be converted in this parameter page of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and can read the conversion results by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command see Section 3 4 2 2 EA X 40 Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a X 00 Page Parameter Length X OA Page Parameter Length 0 0 0
97. E SAME 3 113 writing data pattern 6 6 X 00 X 01 X 02 X 03 X 05 X 06 X 0D X 0E X 0F X 10 X 2F X 38 4 38 4 39 4 40 4 43 4 47 4 50 4 51 4 52 4 55 4 56 4 57 4 57 Index C141 E167 IN 9 This page is intentionally left blank READER S COMMENT FORM Your comments or suggestions on this document are cordially solicited For any comments and suggestions you may have please complete and submit this form to your FUJITSU representative The comments and suggestions will be used in planning future editions Thank you for your cooperation Date issued Manual MAP3367 MAP3735 MAP3147 name NP NC SERIES MAS3367 MAS3735 NP NC Name SERIES DISK DRIVES SCSI Company or organization LOGICAL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS Address Manual code C141 E167 01EN Comments Line Comments Reply requested _ Yes L No Please evaluate overall quality of this manual by marking o in the appropriate boxes Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Organization E E E Use of examples E E E Legibility O O O Accuracy O O O Index coverage O O O Handiness Binding O Clarity E E E Cross referencing L E E Others O Figures amp tables E E E General appearance L E L Technical level Too high _ Appropriate _ Too low Overall rating of this publication Good E Fair L Poor E FOR FUJITSU USE Overseas office Person in charge Note Local representative sho
98. EASSIGN BLOCKS command defective logical data block position information from alternate blocks which have been allocated by the IDD s auto alternate block allocation processing information specified as the D List and information generated as the C List The P List and G List are recorded in the system space on the disk media The INIT can read the contents of these lists by the READ DEFECT DATA command C141 E167 6 1 Disk Media Management 2 Alternate block allocation Alternate data blocks are allocated in defective sector units for defective data blocks sectors on the disk media by the IDD s internal defect management methods a Spare sector area Spare sectors for allocation as alternate blocks are secured in both of the following areas or alternate cell When the INIT initializes the disk media it can specify the spare sector area to be prepared on the disk drive and the size of that area For details see the description in Section 3 1 2 Spare Area for Alternates in the Product Manual e Spare sectors within a cell Spare sectors are secured in the final track of each cylinder They are used as alternate blocks for defective sectors within the same cylinder Alternate cells This is an exclusive cell for allocation of alternate blocks Alternate cells are secured only in the specified quantity in order from the topmost cylinder Spare sectors in an alternate cell are used only in the case that the spare
99. I Standard No ANSI X3 131 1986 SCSI Device The general name given to a device which is connected to the SCSI bus input output device I O controller host adapter etc SCSI ID On the SCSI bus this is the physical serial number which identifies a SCSI device This is a unique value for each SCSI device and the ID can be assigned from 0 7 to correspond to the bit number of the SCSI data bus Sense Code This is a 1 byte code displayed in the sense data and is information which specifies the type of error that was detected Sense Data When several items of error information are included in a command s completion GL 2 C141 E167 Glossary status this is information generated by the target for reporting detailed information on that status Sense Key This is a 4 bit code displayed in the sense data It contains information for classifying the type of error that was detected Status This is 1 byte of information reported to the initiator by the target device when execution of each command is completed which displays the command s completion state Target TARG This is the SCSI device that executes the input output operations initiated by the initiator INIT In this manual target is abbreviated TARG C141 E167 GL 3 This page is intentionally left blank ACK ATN AWG BSY C D CCS CDB DB DBP DC EIA GND T O ID IDD INIT ISO Acronyms and Abbreviations A Acknowledge LSB Attention LU
100. I E gun ee sith eo E R G 3 107 3 45 gt READ LONG 3B ities cs aeicisleectes aateetatel cn bbe E ets E EE E E E 3 111 34 6 WRITE LONG GE aee neepa ani E a E E E EE eos 3 112 BAT WRITESAME AI a Eo e TEE E N EO E EE A TE 3 113 CHAPTER 4 Parameter Data Formats seesessesoeseseseeoeoesoeseseeecoceososseseeesoreososseseeeroseosseseseeoreesosseseseeoe 4 1 4 1 Mode Parameters sc 2ccsccicsusseg sasisseshivieces Sebi seebes E E E Ei E A EE EEEE cosets ES r a S ei 4 1 4 1 1 Read Write error recovery parameters page code 1 eee eee eecesecesecnseceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeenees 4 1 4 1 2 Disconnect reconnect parameters page code 2 oo ee eecescesecesecsseceeecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeeeeeaeenes 4 10 4 1 3 Format parameter page Code 3 eee isee e E E a SE RE 4 14 4 1 4 Drive parameter page code 4 0 cee eesscceseeeeseceseeessseceeneeesaeceseecenseceeeeenaeceseeeeaeeceereeenaeees 4 17 4 1 5 Verify error recovery parameters page code 7 ee eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeceseecesecaeecaeeeseeeeeeeeeees 4 19 C141 E167 ix Contents 4 1 6 Caching parameters page code 8 ee ee eeeeeceeeceeeeesnecsecaeecseecseeeaeeeaeesseeeeensesesesesaeeaee 4 21 4 1 7 Control mode parameters page code OA oo eee eceeccessecsseceseceeecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereneensees 4 27 4 1 8 Notch parameter page code OC ooo eee eeeeesceescesecesecesecesecsaecsaecsaecaeeeeeeeeeesseeeseenseenaes 4 31 4 1 9 Informational exceptions control page page Code 1C
101. INIT receives this status the time until the IDD can receive the next command depends on the operating state with other INITs so ordinarily it cannot be predicted In such a case it is necessary for the INIT that issued the command for which this status was received to repeatedly issue the command until it is accepted C141 E167 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 2 3 4 RESERVATION CONFLICT status This status shows under a multi initiator environment that the IDD is currently reserved by another INIT and cannot be used until that reserved status is released The period over which the reserved status continues should be managed by the system but normally an INIT that receives this status reissues the original command after waiting an appropriate length of time The wait time until a command is reissued is generally an inherent value of the system and it is necessary that consideration be given to the operating states of the other INITs in the system when deciding it Of the INIT which reserved the IDD falls into a state which it cannot recover from for any reason before the reserved state is released it will be impossible for other INITs to access the IDD because that reserved state will continue In such a case it is necessary for the INIT to take one of the following measures to forcibly release the reserved state and recover the access right e TARGET RESET message e RESET condition Command comp
102. INIT with this command is specified in the Parameter List Length field in CDB byte 8 If zero is specified in the Parameter List Length field the command is terminated normally with only the SCSI level being changed When changing the operation mode the Parameter List Length field must always be specified by the length 8 defined by the operation parameter described later If a value other than the defined length in the Parameter Byte Length field is specified this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 and the SCSI level and operation mode are not changed If the IDD s operation mode is changed by this command a UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 INQUIRY Data has changed 3F 00 is generated for all the INITs except the INIT that issued this command The format for the operation mode parameter transferred by this command from the INIT to the IDD is shown below If the operation mode parameter is transferred in a format other than that shown below this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and the SCSI level and operation mode are not changed C141 E167 3 15 Command Specifications Header X 04 Parameter Length Parameter X xx Spindle Motor Start Delay Time List X 00 Reserved a The operation mode parameter is configured from
103. ION phase 3 The INIT notifies the TARG that disconnect processing is permitted by an IDENTIFY message C141 E167 1 11 Command Processing Table 1 2 Types of Command and Disconnect Processing Commands with executing disconnect processing Note 2 Commands without executing disconnect processing Note 1 E INQUIRY L LOG SELECT LOG SENSE MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED MODE SENSE MODE SENSE EXTENDED PERSISTENT RESERVE IN PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT E y Loe PO ar erg READ READ BUFFER READ CAPACITY READ DEFECT DATA READ EXTENDED READ LONG REASSIGN BLOCKS RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS RELEASE REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER REPORT LUN REQUEST SENSE RESERVE REZERO UNIT a cel a SEEK SEEK EXTENDED SEND DIAGNOSTIC SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER START STOP UNIT SYNCHRONIZE CACHE T_ TEST UNIT READY 00 VERIFY 2F WRITE WRITE AND VERIFY WRITE BUFFER WRITE EXTENDED WRITE LONG WRITE SAME Note 1 Commands without executing disconnect processing In cases only where commands are issued without a tag queuing processing see Section 1 4 and disconnect processing cannot be performed in the execution sequence sooeesp oesoct scoscoecesb bocae bh Note 2 Commands with executing disconnect processing Regardless of command queuing in a command s execution process after the COMMAND phase is completed or during or after the completion of data
104. If part or all of the data including logical data blocks of headers requested by a READ command or READ EXTENDED command exists in the data buffer the IDD transfers that data without accessing the disk Also depending on the instructions for the bytes beyond byte 4 of the parameter page it reads ahead the data blocks after the requested data in the data buffer Multiple selection MS This bit specifies how to specify the minimum prefetch count bytes 6 and 7 and maximum prefetch count bytes 8 and 9 parameters in this page descriptor 1 The minimum prefetch count and maximum prefetch count parameters indicate a multiplier The number of data blocks to be prefetch is calculated that the value in the transfer byte count in the CDB specified by the READ or READ EXTENDED command X multiplier 0 The minimum prefetch count and maximum prefetch count parameters indicate the data block count to be prefetched with the logical data block count This bit cannot be changed and the IDD ignores this bit specification and operates according to the default value 0 WCE write cache enable This bit can be specified and its operation is as specified This bit specifies whether or not to activate the cache operation for a write command 1 This enables the write cache Write data remains in the buffer memory the cache is made the object even for a read command and when all of the write data has been received GOOD status
105. In a number of commands the parameters which are necessary for command execution in the DATA OUT phase may be specified in addition to the CDB specification Details concerning these are described in the specifications for each individual command in Chapter 3 The CDB used by the IDD has 3 formats these formats have length of 6 10 and 12 bytes The basic format of each respective CDB is shown in Figures 1 1 1 2 and 1 3 Operation Code LUN Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Transfer Data Length Control Byte Figure 1 1 6 Byte CDB Basic Format ze C141 E167 1 1 Command Processing Ea RES EE EERE Operation Code ot Opeinde OOO O O ae A A A ae ae 2S Logical Block Address MSB Ce pereeo a e O7 Transfer Data Length MSB E e SO o oS Figure 1 2 10 Byte CDB Basic Format EASE EARS ESERED Operation Code operation code Eee aw eee ee hn Be Logical Block Address MSB E D D ee T ofo Tepe Jo eoe ee D Control Byte Figure 1 3 12 Byte CDB Basic Format The meanings of each of the fields in the CDB are explained below Depending on the type of command the basic format of the CDB the definitions of fields and their meanings may differ Details are described in the specifications for each individual command in Chapter 3 1 2 C141 E167 1 1 Command Format 1 2 3 4 Operation code Pete s e gt Te Te Group Code Command Code The lead
106. Institute ANSI T10 1302D Rev 14 Information technology SCSI Parallel American National Interface 3 SPI 3 Standards Institute ANSI Attention Please forward any comments you may have regarding this manual To make this manual easier for users to understand opinions from readers are needed Please write your opinions or requests on the Comment at the back of this manual and forward it to the address described in the sheet iv C141 E167 MANUAL ORGANIZATION Product Maintenance Manual SCSI Physical Interface Specifications C141 E167 SIAAR WN General Description Specifications Data Format Installation Requirements Installation Diagnostics and Maintenance Error Analysis Principle of Operation SCSI Bus SCSI Messages Error Recovery This page is intentionally left blank Contents CHAPTER 1 Command Processing csscsscssssssscssccssessccsssssscssessssssenssssessssesesssssssssscsscesesssesssoeees 1 1 LI Command Formatie ei e ike cig E E T Ais is eis RO ie ek 1 1 D2 STATUS IBY Le a jc5 E A oes eae hacen beh EEEE deh ceed lok labs vnc E E 1 6 1 3 Outline of Command Processing snesen ne e n E E ASE RE als anu egeneee 1 8 T3312 Single commands ss serre cedscascesteveskceusensnes astyss se daessoysdssnebsecaeesoet EO EaP EREE EE EEn E ERSEK Seriesi 1 8 13 2 Command link insa E E EE R E E ae 1 9 1 3 3 Disconnect reconnect processing s seeeseeessseeeresetsre
107. LECT message i Pages Pages 1 2 7 8 A C 1C 21 MODE SELECT SP 1 1 2 7 8 A 1C 21 Power on Command to a Command to all INITs all INITs Block descriptor FORMAT UNIT Block descriptor Pages 3 4 KC Pages 3 4 Power on RESET condition Remark TARGET RESET message When the drive is shipped from the factory oy there are not parameter page Save values __ Default values __ except for Page 3 Format Parameters and Page 4 Drive Parameters Save values for Command to all INITs the parameter pages specified in the MODE SELECT command are generated for the first Pages time when that command is executed with 1 1 2 7 8 A C 1C 21 specified in the SP bit Figure 3 7 MODE SELECT parameter structure The MODE SELECT parameters include parameters which can be changed by the INIT as desired parameters which the INIT cannot change which whose values are determined by the IDD unilaterally and parameters which can be changed by the INIT within certain appropriate limits The IDD also contains parameter fields which are applicable for rounding processing rounding up or rounding down of parameter values specified by the INIT to values which the IDD can use in actual operation When changing of parameters other than variable parameters is requested by the INIT in the MODE SELECT parameters which it transfers in this command or when changes which are outside the permissi
108. LEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 occurs the IDD indicates that downloading of the new microcode failed and it is therefore necessary for the INIT to quickly download the new microcode When downloading of microcode is completed the IDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs except the INIT that issued the WRITE BUFFER command At this time the sense code indicates Microcode has been changed 3F 01 Mode 0 1 1 0 Microcode Download with offsets without saving In this mode the INIT may split the transfer of the controller s microcode or control information over two or more WRITE BUFFER commands If the last WRITE BUFFER command of a set of one or more commands completes successfully the microcode or control information shall be transferred to the control memory space of the IDD Since the download microcode or control information may be sent using several commands when the IDD detects the last download microcode with offsets the IDD shall perform the verification of the complete set of downloaded microcode or control information prior to returning GOOD status for the last command After the last command completes successfully the IDD generates a unit attention condition for all INITs except the one that issued the set of WRITE BUFFER commands When reporting the unit attention condition the IDD sets the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED 0 must be specified in t
109. Media Initialization e Alternate block allocation processing during FORMAT UNIT command execution With the FORMAT UNIT command alternate block allocation is done by sector slip processing until all the spare sectors within the same cell have been used up for defective sectors included in the type of defect list P G or D specified in the command When all the spare sectors in the same cell have been used up subsequent defective sectors in that cell are treated by allocating spare sectors in an alternate cell by alternate sector processing After implementing this alternate block allocation and initializing the disk media at times when a data block Verify Certification operation is not prohibited the IDD reads all the initialized data blocks and verifies their normalcy If a defective data block is detected during this processing the IDD generates the C List as defect position information and allocates alternate blocks by alternate sector processing for those defective data blocks In this case if there are any unused spare sectors in the same cell as the defective data blocks alternate blocks are allocated within the same cell but if the spare sectors are all used up in the same cell alternate blocks are allocated in spare sectors in an alternate cell e Alternate block allocation processing by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command With the REASSIGN BLOCKS command alternate block allocation is performed by alternate sector processing for def
110. N American Wire Gauge B MSB Busy MSG Cc Control data OEM Common command set Common descriptor block REQ D RST Data bus Data Bus Parity Direct current SCSI E SDTR SEL Engineering Industries Association TARG S TRM Ground l Input output Identifier Intelligent disk drive Initiator International Organization for Standardization L Least significant byte Logical unit number Most significant byte Message O Original equipment manufacturer R Request Reset S Small Computer System Interface Synchronous data transfer request Select T TARGet Terminator C141 E167 AB 1 This page is intentionally left blank Comments concerning this manual can be directed to one of the following addresses FUJITSU LIMITED Business Planning Solid Square East Tower 580 Horikawa cho Saiwai ku Kawasaki 210 0913 Japan TEL 81 44 540 4056 FAX 81 44 540 4123 FUJITSU COMPUTER PRODUCTS OF AMERICA INC 2904 Orchard Parkway San Jose California 95134 2009 U S A TEL 1 408 432 6333 FAX 1 408 432 3908 FUJITSU CANADA INC 2800 Matheson Blvd East Mississauga Toronto Ontario L4W 4X5 CANADA TEL 1 905 602 5454 FAX 1 905 602 5457 FUJITSU EUROPE LIMITED 2 Longwalk Road Stockley Park Uxbridge Middlesex UB11 1AB ENGLAND TEL 44 81 573 4444 FAX 44 81 573 2643 FUJITSU DEUTSCHLAND GmbH Frankfurter Ring 211 80807 M nchen GERMANY TEL 49 89 323780 FAX 49 89 32378100 FUJITS
111. NIT the following types of Defect List are defined a P List primary defect list Defect position information permanent defects is registered in this list at the time the disk drive is shipped from the factory The P List registers areas on the disk media which clearly cannot be accessed from the INIT The INIT can refer to the contents of this list by the READ DEFECT DATA command only but cannot change or erase it b D List data defect list The defect information in this list is defect position information transferred from the INIT when this command is executed The IDD registers this defect information on the disk media as the G List c C List target certification list This defect list contains position information on defective data blocks detected in the data block verify operation Certification after initialization when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed The IDD generates this list internally when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed and adds it to the G List d G List grown defect list The defect information in this list contains defect position information specified by the NIT and position information on defective data blocks detected by the IDD itself The P List is not included in this defect list The IDD stores the G List in an area on the disk media which clearly cannot be accessed from the INIT The INIT can refer to the contents of this list by the READ DEFECT DATA command the following defect position inf
112. R a 5 1 51 2 S nse data basic Information s is hiies sees sesecsnscoescssbeogstssesoesssveassedbvasosaeveeesgessenscevese save 5 2 5 1 3 Sense data additional information eee eee eeceeeceseceseceseceeecaeecseeeseseaeeeeeeeeseeenseenseesaes 5 11 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended e cc eesecceseeeesseceeneeceseceseeeeeaeeceeeeenaeceeeeeeeaees 5 11 5 2 1 Termination status analysis and error recovery Methods 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseenseeseeeaes 5 11 5 2 2 Sense data analysis and error recovery Methods eee eeceseceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaecsaeesaeaes 5 14 N23 Error logon 8 13 oie io nan aie Gal ieee Pes eS eee eA aan eS 5 21 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing ee eceesceescesecesecesecesecaecaeecseecseseaeseaeeeseseeeseeeseenseenaes 5 22 5 3 1 Error states and retry processing procedures 2 0 0 ee ceeceesecsecssecseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeesaecaecsaeesaesaee 5 22 5 3 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing 0 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecesecesecaecaecsaesaeeees 5 23 5 3 3 Error recovery processing COntrol 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeceeeceseceseceseceaecsaecsaeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeseenaes 5 24 CHAPTER 6 Disk Media Management sscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssnesssssessessesesssessessssnessesooes 6 1 6 1 Defect Management ansie on Siti oes an cepted ios ede hhc oe agate sad bade die eb EEE Ei 6 1 6 2 Disk M di Initialization sisi n e n E a ER R ENE E E AEE 6 3 6 2 1 Init
113. R command or READ BUFFER command is used under a multi initiator or multitask environment it is necessary to be careful of the contents of the data buffer being changed by another initiator or a command that issues another task during the interval between completion of WRITE BUFFER command execution and execution of the READ BUFFER command Mode 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer In this mode the IDD transfers data to the INIT from the echo buffer The echo buffer shall transfer the same data as when the WRITE BUFFER command with the mode field set to echo buffer was issued The BUFFER ID and BUFFER OFFSET fields are ignored in this mode Mode 1 0 1 1 Echo buffer descriptor In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information is returned The device server shall return the descriptor information for the echo buffer The Buffer Offset field is reserved in this mode The allocation length should be set to four or greater The device server shall transfer the lesser of the allocation length or four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor The READ BUFFER descriptor is defined as shown in Figure 3 27 Bit ee foes allen eI a S Echo Buffer Capacity LSB Figure 3 27 READ BUFFER command Echo buffer descriptor The IDD return one in EBOS field and the IDD verifies that echo buffer data from each initiator is the same as that previously written by the same initiator The Buffer Capacity field returns the size of the
114. RC error A4 DBM internal parity error A8 Data late error BO Flash ROM erase operation failed B1 Flash ROM write operation failed C0 RDCLK error FMT hang up D1 DSP downloading failed D2 DSP overrun watch dog time out DRV hard error D3 Servo Gate Window error D4 Illegal error was reported from DSP EO Any error detected during calibration C Sense Code Q Sub sense Code C141 E167 5 9 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Table 5 2 Sense and subsense codes 5 of 5 45 Select Reselect failure A response wait time out from the INIT was detected in the RESELECTION a el 47 47 00 SCSI parity error A A parity error was detected on the SCSI data bus error was detected on the SCSI data bus 48 INITIATOR DETECTED The INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message was received from ERROR message received the INIT 49 EAKA Invalid message error An unsupported or inappropriate message was received Ea nn Logical unit failed self The IDD s initial setup failed nn is a Fujitsu unique code configuration e Al SA Read error any 3 11 error during SA read A3 SA Read error any 3 13 error during SA read A4 SA Read error any 3 14 error during SA read AS SA Read error any 3 15 error during SA read A7 SA Read error any 4 44 error during SA read A8 Invalid SA Header Check Sum e EO Initial calibration failed Tagged overlapped Before completing one command execution new command havin
115. REZERO UNIT 01 C141 E167 3 35 Command Specifications This command moves the read write heads of the disk drive to the initial position A data block with the logical block address of zero exists at the initial position cylinder 0 track 0 Initialization of the disk drive s positioning control system and automatic adjustment are also performed by this command 3 1 10 START STOP UNIT 1B X 1B ee E This command controls starting and stopping of the disk drive s spindle motor Control of the spindle motor is performed through the Start bit in bit 0 of the CDB byte 4 The spindle motor can be stopped if this command is issued with the Start bit as 0 On the other hand the spindle motor can be started by specifying 1 in the Start bit Bit 1 LoEj Load Eject of byte 4 of the CDB is the exclusive bit which controls devices with replaceable recording media and it has no meaning for the IDD The IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and controls starting and stopping of the spindle motor in accordance with the Start bit only It is possible to select the disk drive s spindle motor starting mode through the setting terminal on the IDD If prohibition of motor starting control is set by this command at the setting terminal the spindle motor starts automatically when the IDD s power is switched on It is also possible to delay the starting time through the specifications in the CHANGE DEFINITION com
116. Read Figure 2 1 Data buffer configuration in the case of 8 cache segments The basic functions and operations of the data buffer in a read operation and a write operation are shown below Read operation Data read from the disk media are temporarily stored in the data buffer Then they are transferred to the SCSI bus with the timing specified in the MODE SELECT parameter The basic read operation procedure is as shown below 1 2 3 4 5 When the IDD receives a command normally it disconnects from the SCSI bus through disconnect processing and locates the data block specified by the command where it is stored on the disk media When the target data block has been located the IDD reads the data form the disk media to the data buffer At this time if a recoverable error is detected the IDD performs error recovery processing according to the specification in the MODE SELECT parameter or corrects the data in the data buffer When the IDD has read the amount of data specified by the buffer full ratio in the MODE SELECT parameter see Section 2 1 2 to the data buffer it performs reconnection processing with the SCSI bus and begins transferring data to the INIT SCSI bus from the data buffer while continuing to read subsequent data blocks to the data buffer If the data transfer capacity of the INIT SCSI bus is high and the data buffer becomes empty before completing transfer of the number of data blocks specified by th
117. SE EXTENDED command the IDD reports X 16 as the page length However in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands if either X 16 X 12 or X O0A is specified it is treated as if the IDD has specified the correct page length The X 12 and X 0A page lengths have been included in consideration of compatibility with previous models but it is recommended that the INIT use the X 16 page length to support expanded specifications in the future 4 18 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Cylinder count This parameter specifies the total number of cylinders configured in the user space on the disk media This value includes the number of cylinders for alternate blocks specified in the Alternate Track Count Drive parameter of the format parameters Page code 3 It is impossible to change this parameter Number of heads This parameter indicates the number of data Read Write heads in the disk drive It is impossible to change this parameter If zero or a value which differs from the Default value is specified in this parameter field the IDD performs rounding processing of the parameter setting a value which is the same as the default value in it Bytes 6 to 16 The parameter defined in bytes 6 to 16 of this page descriptor is a parameter that it is clearly not necessary for the INIT to specify The IDD disregards the values specified in this field RPL rotational position locking These bits are used for rotational synch
118. SI device third party device specified in the 3rd Pty Dev ID field in CDB byte 1 of this command Since only 3 bits are defined in the 3rd Pty Dev ID in this command the third party release function is valid only for SCSI devices with SCSI IDs 7 to 0 C141 E167 3 4 Command Specifications 3 1 14 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 Third Party Devices ID ME cP E R E E E RE NE F This command releases the reserve state of an IDD in relation to the INIT which issued this command This command function is the same as that of the Group 0 RELEASE command Section 3 1 13 except that it is also possible to specify the third party release function for SCSI devices with SCSI IDs 15 to 8 3 1 15 REQUEST SENSE 03 ei Transfer Byte Length pos fo fo fo oo tin This command transfers sense data to the INIT This command is executed immediately without queueing in a system which issues only commands with no tags or links 3 42 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands The length of the sense data in the IDD is 48 bytes The Transfer byte length field in the CDB indicates the number of bytes of sense data which can be received by the INIT The IDD transfers sense data to the INIT by either of the following two methods depending on the specification in the CHANGE DEFINITION command SCSI level Furthermore see Section 3 1 4 SCSI Level concerning the CHANGE DEFINITION command e Ifthe SCSI 3 SCSI 2 mode is specified i
119. T DEVICE IDENTIFIER may require the enabling of a nonvolatile memory within the logical unit If the nonvolatile memory is not ready the device server shall return CHECK CONDITION status rather than wait for the device to become ready The sense key shall be set to NOT READY and the additional sense data shall be set as described in the TEST UNIT READY command 3 1 22 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 X A4 1 0 0 0 Service Action X 06 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Allocation Length MSB 7 Allocation Length 8 Allocation Length 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link This command requests that the device identifier information in the logical unit be set to the value received in the SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list On successful completion of this command a unit attention shall be generated for all initiators except the one that issued the service action When reporting the unit attention condition the additional sense code shall be set to DEVICE IDENTIFIER CHANGED The Service Action field can be specified only X 06 C141 E167 3 63 Command Specifications The Allocation Length field specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier that shall be transferred from the application client to the device server The maximum value for this
120. T RESERVE OUT command is executed If the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command cannot be executed because of an error or a reservation conflict The Generation field is reset to zero in Power On reset processing regardless of the APTPL bit specification When an initiator refers to the value in the Generation field a change of the configuration of that initiator associated with the logical unit can be detected without that initiator recognizing the change The Additional Length field contains a count of the number of bytes in the reservation key list If the allocation length specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is not sufficient for containing the entire parameter list only a portion of the list from byte 0 to the specified allocation length is transferred to the initiator If the remaining data of the list may be truncated the Additional Length field displays the number of bytes of the entire reservation key list This is not assumed to be an error The reservation key list contains the 8 byte reservation keys for all initiators that have been registered via all ports on the drive 3 1 18 3 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS The format for the parameter data transferred in the READ RESERVATION service action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is shown below 5 ong Generation Header Additional Length n 7 Reservation descriptors The Generation field contains the same value d
121. TS command was issued 2 times within a group of commands linked in a series K Sense Key C Sense Code Q Sub sense code L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 5 16 C141 E167 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 3 Sense data error classification 4 of 4 Recovery method c Q Error contents See Table 4 4 Peripheral device write fault Unrecovered read error Sync byte not found for data field Record not found Mechanical positioning error Message error Select Reselect failure SCSI parity error INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message received Invalid message error An unrecoverable SCSI related error occurred in the command execution sequence Overlapped commands attempted Before execution of a command was completed a new command was issued by the same INIT Tagged overlapped commands Miscompare during verify operation Data failed to match in the Byte check mode of the Verify command K Sense Key C Sense Code Q Sub sense code L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 Table 5 4 Error recovery processing procedures 1 of 5 Recovery Processing Procedure o fti is not necessary to It is not necessary to perform the error recovery processing Continue processing the error recovery processing Continue processing Error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing This is a programming error and error recovery processing is impossible Terminate process
122. U NORDIC AB Kung Hans Vag 12 S 192 68 Sollentura SWEDEN TEL 46 8 626 6000 FAX 46 8 626 6711 FUJITSU ITALIA S p A Via Nazario Sauro 38 20099 Sesto S Giovanni MI ITALY TEL 39 2 26294 1 FAX 39 2 26294 201 FUJITSU FRANCE S A Place des Etas Unis SILIC 310 94588 Rungis Cedex FRANCE TEL 33 1 41 80 38 80 FAX 33 1 41 80 38 66 FUJITSU ICL ESPANA S A Almagro 40 28010 Madrid SPAIN TEL 34 91 681 8100 FAX 34 91 681 8125 FUJITSU AUSTRALIA LIMITED 2 Julius Avenue Cnr Delhi Road North Ryde N S W 2113 AUSTRALIA TEL 61 2 9776 4555 FAX 61 2 9776 4556 FUJITSU HONG KONG LTD 10 F Lincoln House 979 King s Road Taikoo Place Island East Hong Kong TEL 852 2827 5780 FAX 852 2827 4724 FUJITSU KOREA LTD Coryo Finance Center Bldg 23 6 YoulDo Dong Young DungPo Gu Seoul Republic of KOREA TEL 82 2 3787 6000 FAX 82 2 3787 6070 FUJITSU COMPUTERS SINGAPORE PTE LTD 20 Science Park Road 03 01 TELETECH PARK SINGAPORE SCIENCE PARK II Singapore 117674 TEL 65 777 6577 FAX 65 771 5499 FUJITSU TAIWAN LTD 8F Hun Tai Center 168 170 Tun Hwa North Road 1st Sec Taipei TAIWAN TEL 886 2 545 7700 FAX 886 2 717 4644 FUJITSU SYSTEMS BUSINESS MALAYSIA SDN BHD Fujitsu Plaza 1A Jalan Tandang 204 P O Box 636 Pejabat Pos Jalan Sultan 46770 Petaling Jaya Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia TEL 60 3 793 3888 FAX 60 3 793 0888 FUJITSU SYSTEMS BUSINESS THAILAND LTD 12th F
123. X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during write operations Implementation If a write error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information C141 E167 4 41 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 3 4 Total posted recoverable write errors Page 02 Code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during write operations 4 2 3 5 Total write bytes processed Page 02 Code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed Total Write Bytes Processed 10 bytes 3 LSB The Total Write Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during write operations C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 3 6 Total posted unrecoverable write errors Page 02 Code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during write operations 4 2 4 Read error count page X 03 X 00 Reserved Page Length MSB Page Length LSB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 C1
124. a 4 byte parameter list following a 4 byte header 1 Header a Bytes 0 to 2 X 00 must be specified in this field b Parameter length The parameter list length in byte 4 and subsequent bytes which follows the header must be specified in this field The parameter list length supported by the IDD is X 04 and the INIT must not specify a value other than X 04 in this field If a value other than X 04 is specified this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and the operation mode are not changed 2 Parameter list a WDTR wide data transfer request Effective for 16 bit SCSI devices only This specifies whether or not a wide mode data transfer request from the IDD is permitted If this bit is set to 1 also set SDTR to 1 If only this bit is set but SDTR is not set error code 5 26 00 is returned 1 Permitted After the power is switched on after a RESET condition occurs or when the first command is received following reception of a BUS DEVICE RESET message if a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST WDTR message is not sent by the INIT the IDD sends the WDTR message and attempts to establish wide mode data transfer 0 Prohibited If it is necessary to establish wide mode data transfer the IDD does not send the WDTR message However if the INIT sends the WDTR message the IDD responds normally 3 16 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands
125. a Block Count MSB EI Data Block Count Data Block Count E e e C141 E167 3 27 Command Specifications Page Descriptor Page Header Er m L E Page Length Figure 3 9 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command Group 2 parameter configuration 3 1 7 MODE SENSE 1A This command reports the values for each type of parameter related to the disk drive s physical attributes data format timing for SCSI bus disconnect and reconnect processing error recovery procedures etc as well as the attributes of those parameters to the INIT The data MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT from the IDD by this command are configured from a Header Block Descriptor and one or more Page descriptors which describe each type of parameter each of which will be described later in this item When 1 is specified in the DBD disable block descriptors bit of CDB byte 1 it indicates that a Block descriptor is not included in the MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command and the IDD transfers MODE SENSE data composed from the Header and the specified Page descriptor only to INIT When 0 is specified in this bit the IDD transfers MODE SENSE DATA composed of the Header a single Block descriptor and the specified Page descriptor to the INIT The Page code field in CDB byte 2 specifies the page code of the Page descriptor transferred to the INIT by this command The types of Page descriptor suppor
126. a series ABORTED The IDD terminated a command abnormally during execution Normally COMMAND the INIT can cc a ae to recover by reissuing that command EJT EQUAL Not Not Used o VOLUME Not Used OVERFLOW E MISCOMPARE During execution of a Byte Check with the VERIFY command the data transferred from the INIT were compared to the data read from the disk drive but they did not match C141 E167 5 5 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Table 5 2 Sense and subsense codes 1 of 5 Sense key No additional sense No specific sense code exists information 06 T O process terminated T O was interrupted by the Terminated I O Process message oo 01 No index sector signal The target sector was not detected by the sector counter within the 4 specified time 03 Peripheral device write A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally 1 3 B fault e Off track during write Peripheral device write A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally 4 B fault e Write current abnormality 82 Peripheral device write A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally 1 3 B fault e Servo mark not found during write 83 Peripheral device write A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally 4 B fault e Servo cell detected was detected during write e Write gate and sector pulse were activated at the same time during write 01 Logical unit in process of Disk drive is getting ready 0
127. ading of data is performed from the disk media using the old cache segment 2 Data which are objects of caching Data which exist in the data buffer and which are objects of caching in item 1 data which are not accessed from the disk media but are transferred to the INIT from the data buffer are as described below a Data read by a READ or a READ EXTENDED command and which have been read to the data buffer by Look Ahead are data which are objects of caching Depending on the timing for halting Look Ahead it is possible that data read by the READ command will be overwritten by Look Ahead b Data which have been hit by the READ or READ EXTENDED command and transferred to the INIT once are also objects of caching as long as they are not invalidated c Data transferred from the INIT and written to the disk media by the WRTTE and WRITE EXTENDED command are objects of caching d Data transferred from the INIT and written to the disk media by the WRITE AND VERIFY command is not the objects of caching 3 Disabling caching data Various data which are objects of caching in the data buffer are disabled in the following cases a If any of the following commands is issued for the same data block as data which are the object of caching that data block ceases to be an object of caching e WRITE e WRITE AND VERIFY e WRITE EXTENDED C141 E167 2 7 Data Buffer Management b If any of the following commands is issued all the data
128. al command Retry Note If the error is not recovered from perform one of the following e When the sense key is HARDWARE ERROR 4 perform recovery method 1 e When the sense key is MEDIUM ERROR 3 implement alternate block allocation processing shown in Section 6 4 When the original command is the REASSIGN BLOCKS command it may be necessary to reconfigure the defect list For details see the description of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Section 3 3 2 The MODE SELECT parameter is initialized at the Save value if the Save value does not exist the Default value so when it is necessary to set the inherent parameter issued the MODE SELECT command Reissue the original command Retry When not linked from the SET LIMITS command the cause of this error occurring is that write operations at the setting terminal are prohibited so cancel release that and issue the original command If it is impossible to release the write protected switch at the system perform recovery method 2 When linked from the SET LIMITS command perform recovery method 2 Issue the LOG SENSE command and read the Current values in the LOG SELECT parameters If the parameters values are appropriate reissue the original command This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the value in the parameter read in is illegal recovery method 2 should
129. and a nonzero value is specified in this parameter which differs from the value in the Data block length parameter in the block descriptor the value specified in the block descriptor has priority Interleave factor This parameter field has meaning only with the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands The interleave factor in the IDD this is always X 0001 non interleave of the disk drive s current data format The value specified in this field is disregarded in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands Track skew factor This parameter indicates the number of physical sectors existing between the data block with the highest order logical block address on a track and the data block with the next logical block address on the next track of the same cylinder track skew This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the value specified in this field and sets the optimum track skew value in the specified data block length See Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual for details about track skew This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in active notch of Page C If it is 0 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 Cylinder skew factor This parameter indicates the number of physical sectors existing between the data block with the highest order logical block address in a cylinder and the data block with the next logical block address in the next cylinder cylinder skew This parameter cannot be c
130. and is terminated with a GOOD status but the release operation specified in a RELEASE command issued to the IDD by a SCSI device which does not have the Reserve Right is disregarded Reserve right and third party reserve function If the 3rd Pty bit in byte 1 of the CDB is 0 the IDD is reserved by the INIT which issued this command and that INIT has the Reserve right for the IDD If the 3rd Pty bit is 1 the third party reserve function is specified An INIT which specifies the third party reserve function and issues this command can reserve the IDD for use by another SCSI device In this case this command reserves the IDD for the SCSI device called the third party device with the SCSI ID specified in the 3rd Pty Dev ID field in byte 1 of the CDB Even if the IDD is reserved for another SCSI device using the third party reserve function the reserve right for that ID resides with the INIT that issued this command Therefore in order to release that reserve state it is necessary for the INIT that issued this command to issue a RELEASE command shown in Section 3 1 13 with the third party release function specified Also the conditions for maintaining the reserve state established by the third party reserve function are the same as in the case where the third party reserve function is not used See item 1 Please note that since only 3 bits are defined for the 3rd Pty Dev ID field this command is valid for the third party reserve
131. and which it is impossible to recover from even when reading is retried see Section 5 3 1 2 the number of times specified in the Number of Retries during Read field in the MODE SELECT parameters the IDD allocates an alternate block for that data block and executes copying of the alternate block to the data area Alternate block allocation processing is the same as processing with the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Furthermore recovered data copied to the alternate block are data which are read out skipping the ID area if there is an ID area or they are data which have been corrected through the ECC This function is applied twice only during execution of one command Alternate block allocation processing and copying are executed for the first and second defective data block to be detected during execution of a command but if a third defective data block is detected the command that is being executed at that point is terminated with an error However by the INIT s reissuing the same command auto alternate block allocation is applied sequentially and error recovery can be attempted C141 E167 5 23 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Remark 1 When this function is specified ARRE 1 the EER flag s specification in the MODE SELECT parameter is made invalid and Read retry processing is performed up to the number of times specified in the Number of Retries during Read parameter If 0 is specified in the DCR flag correction pro
132. approx 20 seconds after the power has been switched on or after a start instruction has been executed by the START STOP UNIT command C141 E167 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 3 Sense data error classification 2 of 4 a F ga ie Recovery Method Q utline of Error See Table 4 4 xx Unrecovered read error Sync byte not found for data field No record found These errors were detected during accessing of the disk media but they were errors which could not be recovered from through the IDD s retry processing Positioning error This is an error of the disk drive s seek system SA information error SA information error not found The information recorded in SA on the disk media cannot be read correctly Medium form at corrupted FORMAT command failed The data format on the disk media is not correct Peripheral device write fault Need 7 Defect list update failure These are errors detected in the operation of the disk drive Positioning error Need This is an error of the disk drive s seek system No defect spare location available None No usable alternate blocks exist on the disk drive Diagnostic failure on component nn An error was detected in the IDD s self diagnosis Internal target failure An internal hardware error or a microcode detection error was detected in the IDD Calibration failed Drive failure The initial seek was terminated abnormally Or
133. at generates an overlap At this time the sense data generated by the IDD indicates ABORTED COMMAND B Overlapped commands attempted 4E 00 or Tagged Overlapped 4D nn nn tag No Notes 1 In order for the INIT to stop processing of a command during a disconnect it is permitted to send an ABORT TASK message ABORT TASK SET message CLEAR TASK SET message or TARGET RESET message with specifying the logical unit see Section 1 7 6 2 Specification of overlapping commands applies without dependence upon the type of command that is issued second For example even if the command issued second is the INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE command the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates both the first command and the second command abnormally Illegal LUN specification The logical unit number LUN supported by the IDD is LUN 0 only Ifa LUN other than this 1 to 7 is specified the IDD performs one of the following operations depending on the type of command issued at that time 1 The INQUIRY command is executed normally even if the LUN specification is illegal However byte 0 of the Standard INQUIRY Data Qualifier field and Device Type Code field transferred to the INIT for that command indicates X 7F 2 The REQUEST SENSE command is executed normally even if the LUN specification is illegal However the sense data transferred to the INIT for that command indicates that the LUN specification
134. ata Access Commands 3 2 3 WRITE 0A GBB ps fe fete ee fe fm This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The transfer block count can be specified up to a maximum of 256 logical data blocks When zero is specified in the Transfer block count field in byte 4 of the CDB it specifies transfer of 256 logical data blocks and when a value other than zero is specified it specifies the number of logical data blocks that should be transferred When transfer of multiple data blocks is instructed by this command when the data blocks which are to be processed come to a track boundary cylinder boundary or zone boundary a head switch or cylinder switch is executed automatically and writing of the specified number of blocks is performed When the specifications in the Logical block address field and Transfer block count field in the CDB exceed the maximum logical block address in the IDD that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical block address out of range 21 00 and writing of data to the disk media is not executed The IDD does not perform data transfer immediately after receiving the CDB but after performing automatic disconnect processing once it
135. atus is reported 0 If 0 is specified in the Immed immediate bit the specified operation is executed and the status byte is reported at the point when that operation is completed then the command is terminated Defect list length This field specifies the total number of bytes in the Defect list transferred from the INIT following the header The byte length of the Defect descriptor which configures the defect list differs depending on its format and the value specified by this field must be a multiple of 4 when the defect descriptor is in the block address format and must be a multiple of 8 when the defect descriptor is in the byte distance from the index format or the physical sector address format When zero is specified in this field it indicates that the defect list is not transferred Note The disk media defect processing method implemented during FORMAT UNIT command execution is specified by the CDB and by header of the format parameters transferred from the INIT By specifying zero in the Defect list length field in the Format parameter header the INIT can specify the control flags related to formatting processing without transferring the defect list D List b Defect list D List The defect list D List contains defect position information about the disk media specified by the INIT and is configured from one or more Defect descriptors Defect descriptors must be described in the for
136. be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed If the PRIORITY RESERVE command issued by another INIT is proper in the system performthe necessary recovery processing in the system If not perform recovery method 2 13 Generate the RESET condition or issue a BUS DEVICE RESET message for the IDD that reported this error After waiting 2 seconds or longer reissue the original command Retry and if the spindle motor s start mode is set on Start by Command issue the START instruction by the START STOP UNIT command Immed 0 before retrying If the retry procedure does not terminate normally perform recovery method 1 16 17 C141 E167 5 19 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Table 5 4 Error recovery processing procedures 4 of 5 Recovery Recovery processing procedure method Issue the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command and confirm the values of the disk media data format related parameters Block descriptor Page 3 Format parameters Page 4 Drive parameters If the parameter values are correct issue the FORMAT UNIT command and initialize the entire disk media surface Note If the parameter values are not correct issue a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and reset the necessary parameters then reinitialize the entire disk media surface by the FORMAT UNIT command Note In a system where multiple INITs are connected together an error may have been reported
137. ble 1 5 Outline of disk drive error recovery processing Item Error Recovery Processing 1 Rezero Return to Zero Cylinder readjustment of positioning control system and repositioning to the data block 3 Correct by ECC Note The execution start timing of this automatic readjustment operation generally cannot be predicted by the INIT The automatic readjustment operation is performed when there are no commands being executed or in the queue but execution of commands issued immediately after the IDD starts the readjustment operation are forced to wait until the readjustment operation is completed C141 E167 1 27 Command Processing 1 7 6 Reset processing The INIT can reset the SCSI bus with following RESET condition TARGET RESET message CLEAR TASK SET message ABORT TASK SET message ABORT TASK message The RESET condition resets all the SCSI devices connected on the same SCSI bus The IDD is initialized to the same state as when its power is switched on by the RESET condition with the currently executed command as well as all the commands in the queue cleared The TARGET RESET message resets only specific SCSI device TARG selected by the INIT and can initialize that TARG to the same state as when its power is switched on However in a multi initiator environment caution concerning clearing of commands issued by other INITs is necessary The CLEAR TASK SET message clears all commands that the IDD is executing or
138. ble range are requested even though they are variable parameters this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the parameters specified by the INIT are disabled Furthermore parameter fields exist which ignore the values specified by the INIT even if the parameters are variable parameters Details are explained in the description of each page descriptor in this item C141 E167 3 21 Command Specifications Header If the IDD performs rounding processing rounding up or rounding down of parameter values specified by the INIT in some cases a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 is reported and in some cases it is not reported Whether or not a CHECK CONDITION status is reported is determined by the type of rounding up or rounding down and the conditions If the INIT would like to confirm that the IDD is implementing rounding processing it issues a MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command after issuing this command and reads the values for the Current parameters then compares them with the parameter values sent in the MODE SELECT command Parameter fields which are the object of rounding processing are explained in the descriptions of each page descriptor in this item Figure 3 8 shows the data configuration of the parameter list transferred by the INIT in this command The parameter list is con
139. by the IDD internally when the power is switched on or during processing of specific commands but it cannot be accessed directly by the user Figure 1 5 shows the data space configuration on the disk drive The number of cylinders allocated to user space can be referred by the user MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command A spare sector area alternate area for use as alternate sectors for defective sectors is allocated in the user space The IDD manages defects for each cell which consists of several cylinders see Figure 1 5 The user can allocate the number of sectors in the last track of each cell as the alternate area by the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command Alternate cylinders for the IDD cannot be altered by the user Alternate data blocks are allocated in defect sector units for defective sectors on the disk media through internal IDD defect management Through this defect management the INIT can access all the logical data blocks in the user space as if they were error free For details concerning the data format on the disk media cylinder configuration track format and sector format and details concerning defect management techniques and alternate block allocation techniques Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual For an outline of defect management techniques see Disk Media Management in Chapter 6 of this manual C141 E167 1 8 Data Block Addressing Physical cylinder System
140. ceptions e When reading of system information is not completed or reading failed Also if initialization of the disk media formatting has not been completed normally it will be impossible to access data on the disk media Processing of and response to commands received by the IDD when it is in the not ready state or in the initialization incomplete state are described below Furthermore starting control of the spindle motor when the power is switched on can be selected from either or two methods through the setting terminal motor start mode on the IDD with rotation started at the same time as when the power is switched on or through the START STOP UNIT command 1 General response in not ready state The IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status for a command except in cases where the command is one of the commands in item 2 The sense data generated at this time depends on the state of the IDD as shown in Table 1 3 Table 1 3 Sense data in not ready state IDD State Sense Code Spindle motor not NOT READY Logical unit not ready rotating at normal speed 04 01 Reading system 2 NOT READY Logical unit not ready information have not 2 04 01 completed Reading system HARDWARE ERROR Logical unit failed self configuration information failed 4 4C nn 2 Commands that can be executed even in the not ready state If the IDD receives any of the following commands it executes those commands even if it i
141. cessed from the INIT e When data are in the Block Address Format or the Physical Sector Address Format even if defects exist in multiple locations within that sector that defect information is reported by one defect descriptor e When data are in the Byte Distance from the Index Format all the registered defect positions are reported when the P List is reported but in the case of the Block Address Format and the Physical Sector Address Format the defect position information is not reported for defects which do not have an influence on data block read write operations C141 E167 Command Specifications e When data are in the Byte Distance from the Index Format when the P List is reported multiple defect position information may be reported for a single sector or 2 defective sectors may be reported as a single item of defect position information due to defects which extend across sector boundaries 7 In defect data in the block address format all the physical defect position information on the disk media cannot be described universally For example defect position information in areas without block addresses spare sectors or cylinders which are not being used as User Space or CE Space cannot be described The defect data in this format are provided in order to preserve continuity with previous specifications but it is recommended that as much as possible the INIT not use the Block Addre
142. cessing of the data is performed afterward see Section 5 3 1 3 When 1 is specified in the DCR flag ECC correction processing is prohibited so even if 1 is specified in the ARRE flag auto alternate block allocation processing will not be executed for errors in the data area 2 When errors in the data area are recovered from by ECC correction processing before implementing alternate block allocation processing rewriting of the recovered data and a verify check rereading are performed If data are recovered by rewriting alternate block allocation of that data block is not performed 3 When a write operation is prohibited through the setting terminal the auto alternate block allocation processing specification is disabled 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a write operation 1 This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the AWRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e WRITE command e WRITE EXTENDED command e WRITE AND VERIFY When this function is permitted if during read processing to the data area up to 8 unrecoverable read errors will be logged by the drive The log will be checked before every WRITE command If a WRITE command has the same LBA in the log then Sector Size 2 bytes of data will be written to the sector and it will be verified with less powered ECC If the verify is successful then the AWRE will not be performed no s
143. ch inhibit block count not supported This parameter is used to selectively prohibit data Look Ahead operations in the READ command or the READ EXTENDED command When the Transfer block count specified in the CDB of the READ command or the READ EXTENDED command is greater than the value in this parameter data Look Ahead operations are not executed in that command This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value X FFFF Minimum pre fetch not supported This parameter specifies the minimum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this field Maximum pre fetch not supported This parameter specifies the maximum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command The IDD varies the pre fetch volume according to the volume of data requested by the READ command or READ EXTENDED command The value reported to the MODE SENSE command always indicates the number of blocks corresponding to 1 cache segment 1 This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this field Maximum pre fetch control block count not supported This parameter specifies the maximum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ
144. ck allocation in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command the physical connectivity of the logical data block positions on the disk media is destroyed but by reinitializing the disk as long as the number of defective sectors in the cylinder does not exceed the number of spare sectors per cylinder the logical data blocks are relocated by sector slip processing so that their physical connectivity is maintained C141 E167 Glossary Axial acceleration Bus Condition Bus Phase CCS CDB Command Disconnect C141 E167 Acceleration in the recording layer along the line perpendicular to the disk reference surface at a specified rotation speed Axial acceleration is detected by optical means This is an asynchronous condition for changing the status transition on the SCSI bus There are two types the ATTENTION condition and the RESET condition This is the name given to the SCSI bus state The SCSI bus is in one state or another the BUS FREE phase the ARBITRATION phase the SELECT phase the RESELECTION phase or the INFORMATION TRANSFER phase In addition the INFORMATION TRANSFER phase is subdivided into the DATA IN DATA OUT COMMAND STATUS MESSAGE AND MESSAGE OUT phases in accordance with the type of information being transferred in the INFORMATION TRANSFER phase Common Command Set This is the standard form of SCSI logical specifications stipulated by the operations subcommittee of the American National Standards Institute ANSI
145. ck allocation processing is explained in Section 5 3 2 ARRE automatic read reallocation enable 1 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is specified during execution of a read operation 0 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is prohibited during execution of a read operation Automatic alternate block allocation processing is explained in Section 5 3 2 TB transfer block 1 Data blocks which contain errors that are impossible to correct are transferred to the INIT during a read operation 0 Data blocks which contain errors that are impossible to correct are not transferred to the INIT during a read operation RC read continuous This bit specifies continuous transfer of all the data requested by a command unaccompanied by a delay for executing error recovery processing EER enable early recovery 1 When a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is applied immediately without executing retry rereading up to the number of times specified in the Number of retries during READ parameter 0 When a correctable data check has been detected retry rereading is executed up to the number of times specified in the Number of retries during READ parameter then data correction according to the ECC is applied if possible The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 1 C141 E167 Para
146. command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and address conversion is not executed Details of the address conversion algorithm executed when this parameter page is specified and the data format etc of the conversion results reported to the INIT are explained in RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Section 3 4 2 3 Logical unit Self Test When 0 is specified in the SelfTest bit and the values other than zero is specified in the SELF TEST Code field in CDB the IDD executes the Self Test specified in CDB In this case the INIT can read the executed results page code x10 Self Test Result Log Page by the LOG SENSE command The specified values in PF bit DevOffL bit and UnitOffL bit in CDB are ignored The Parameter List length field shall contain zero If the value other than zero is specified in this field this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The SELF TEST Code field specifies the type of executing Self Test by this command as below C141 E167 Command Specifications Refer to clause 2 Parameter Specification The device server shall start its short self test routine in the background mode The device server shall start its extended self test routine in the background mode 1 0 0 Abort the current self test running in background mode This value is only val
147. command or READ EXTENDED command In the IDD the maximum pre fetch quantity cannot be limited This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this field DRA Disable Read ahead not support This bit specifies whether or not activate the read ahead operation This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats 1 Requests that the device server not read into the buffer any logical blocks beyond the addressed logical blocks 0 The device server continues to read logical blocks into the buffer beyond the addressed logical blocks FSW force sequential write not supported This bit specifies how to write multiple blocks 1 Ifthe IDD writes multiple blocks this indicates that data are recorded on the disk media in the order in which they are transferred from the INIT 0 Ifthe IDD writes multiple blocks this indicates that data are recorded on the disk media with their order changed in order to complete the command in the fastest time This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 1 LBCSS Logical Block Cache Segment Size not supported 1 Indicates that the Cache segment size field units are interpreted as logical blocks 0 The Cache segment size field units are interpreted as bytes This bit is not supported for the ID
148. command with a SP 1 that includes a notch page is issued the current value is reported for this page and the zone value which is the object is reported if Page 3 is notched then the command is terminated normally However in the case of the FORMAT CORRUPTED state caution is necessary because the value following changing of the Format parameter is reported The contents of each parameter are explained below ND Notch Drive 0 Since the device is not in the notched state 0 is reported for LPN active notch starting boundary and ending boundary 1 Since the device is in the notched state the starting boundary and ending boundary for the zone number 1 shown in the active notch is set in the format specified in the LPN Bit LPN Logical or Physical Notch 0 This shows that the boundary address is based on the physical address format At that time the higher order 3 bytes show the logical cylinder number and the lowest order byte shows the logical head number 1 This shows that the boundary address is based on the 4 byte logical block address format This bit is a bit which must be set during MODE SELECT Maximum Number of Notches This indicates the number of device zones 18 X 12 zones are set for all drives Active Notch This specifies the zone number 1 to 18 of a notching zone If 0 is specified the page and parameter changed by the notch page and the notch page itself are changed to the initial valu
149. cope 3 54 Self Test 3 97 log parameter 4 37 LogErr 4 34 LOG SELECT 3 44 LOG SENSE 3 48 look ahead operation 2 9 volume 2 9 LP 3 47 LPN 4 32 LUN 1 3 maintenance diagnostic commands 3 92 maximum burst size 4 12 maximum number of notches 4 32 maximum pre fetch 4 25 control block count 4 25 media type 3 23 3 32 method of reporting informational exception 4 34 microcode download without saving 3 104 with saving 3 105 with offset without saving 3 105 with offset with saving 3 106 minimum pre fetch 4 25 mode 0 0 0 0 3 103 3 107 mode 0 0 0 1 3 104 3 108 mode 0 0 1 0 3 104 3 109 IN 4 C141 E167 mode 0 0 1 1 3 109 mode 0 1 0 0 3 104 mode 0 1 0 1 3 105 mode 0 1 1 0 3 105 mode 0 1 1 1 3 106 mode 1 0 1 0 3 106 3 110 mode 1 0 1 1 3 110 mode parameter 4 1 changed 1 20 MODE SELECT 3 19 command 3 23 6 5 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 3 26 command parameter configuration 3 28 MODE SELECT parameter 2 5 4 2 4 10 4 14 4 18 4 20 4 22 4 28 4 33 4 36 of IDD 3 25 structure 3 21 MODE SENSE 3 28 command 3 31 data type specification 3 30 MODE SENSE EXTENDED 3 34 command 3 35 MRIE 4 34 MS 4 23 multiple selection 4 23 N ND 4 32 non cache buffer size 4 27 non medium error count page 4 50 notch drive 4 32 notch parameter 4 31 not supported 3 72 4 5 4 13 4 24 to 4 26 4 29 4 30 number of heads 4 19 number of retries during read 4 4 during seek error 4 37 during VERIFY 4 21 durin
150. cope of this manual C141 E167 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 5 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods 5 1 Sense Data 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing In this chapter the configuration and contents of sense data reported to the INIT initiator when an error occurs etc key information for interpreting error states recommended procedures for error recovery processing that should be executed by software in the INIT and error recovery processing executed internally by the IDD are described Furthermore see Chapter 3 SCSI Bus Error Recovery Processing in the SCSI Physical Interface Specifications concerning recovery processing for errors detected in operations on the SCSI bus 5 1 Sense Data When the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status or in cases when some fatal error is detected in connection with the SCSI bus and as a result the command that is currently being executed or the commands in the stack are cleared it generates sense data for the INIT that issued that command The INIT can fetch the sense data by issuing a REQUEST SENSE command 5 1 1 Sense data format The IDD s sense data is in the so called Expanded Sense Data format The expanded sense data format supported by the IDD is shown in Figure 5 1 Notes 1 In the SCSI specifications each device is permitted to define whatever it chooses after byte 18 of the expanded se
151. ct positions can be specified during initialization so ordinarily it is not necessary to use the D List When the D List is used for the IDD caution should be exercised in the follow points 1 The maximum number of defective sectors total amount of sector slip and alternate sectors are calculated per a Current condition of reallocated sectors how many Slip Sectors have been allocated and so Alternate Sectors Since Defect table entry for Slip and Alternate are different size b The maximum size of Defect Management Table Fixed value c Current allocation condition of sector slip i e Up to 16 consecutive Slip Sector can be controlled by 1 Slip Defect entry So the necessary table size are varied not only the number of Defects but also the number of consecutive Slips Consequently the concrete Defect numbers cannot be described though the IDD guarantees 12 000 Slip Sectors and 3 000 Alternate Sectors at minimum If defect processing which exceeds this limit is specified in the FORMAT UNIT command that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status HARDWARE ERROR 4 No defect spare location available 32 00 2 A defect descriptor specified as the D List are received normally if the specified defect position information is within a range which does not exceed the disk drive s physical C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands boundaries User Space and is recorded as the G List but formatting proc
152. ct processing is not permitted the IDD executes the seek operation while still connected to the SCSI bus and when it is completed reports the status of this command 3 2 8 SEEK EXTENDED 2B ME E Logical Block Address MSB a i Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB C ee es a a 0o o o o o o op Cea a aa C141 E167 3 71 Command Specifications 3 2 9 This command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track where the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB exists The functions and operation of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 SEEK command Section 3 2 7 except that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses SET LIMITS 33 Not Supported e a f oo Jo o oo ooa en Logical Block Address MSB a oe Logical Block Address Ta a o ooa E This command specifies the address range of logical data blocks on an ID which it is possible to access by commands which follow this command and which are linked to it and to specify the type of operations which it is possible to execute It is possible to issue this command once only in a group of commands which are linked in a series Note The specifications in this command are valid only for a series of linked commands which follow this command When the link between the commands is cut the specifications in this command lose their validity The Logical bl
153. ctive Not Effective An INIT which uses the command link function must make the ATN signal in the SELECTION phase TRUE and notify the TARG that it is capable of receiving messages other than the TASK COMPLETE message If 1 has been specified in the Link bit of the CDB without the ATN being made TRUE by the INIT in the SELECTION phase the IDD terminates that command abnormally by sending a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 1 10 C141 E167 1 3 Outline of Command Processing 1 3 3 Disconnect reconnect processing When processing is performed by the TARG during the command execution process which does not require operation on the SCSI bus the TARG can return the SCSI bus to the BUS FREE phase temporarily by disconnect processing and execute command internally Through this function the INIT is enabled to process multiple commands on the SCSI bus 1 Disconnect permission conditions and commands with executing disconnect process If all of the conditions shown below for permitting a disconnect are satisfied the IDD executes disconnect processing However As shown in Table 1 2 disconnect processing may be valid or invalid and the disconnect processing execution timing may differ depending on the type of command Conditions for Permitting a Disconnect 1 The SCSI ID of the INIT is notified in the SELECTION phase 2 The INIT generates the ATTENTION condition in the SELECT
154. cuted by the INIT will differ depending on the system s condition so the optimum processing procedure should be selected for the user system with reference to the following descriptions Table 5 3 Sense data error classification 1 of 4 c a Outli fE Recovery Method panna See Table 4 4 x Mo sense data showing the error contents are held Sync byte not found for data field Need Positioning error Recovered error without ECC These errors are errors detected during accessing of the disk media but they are recovered from through the IDD s retry processing However when 1 is specified in the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters the command may not necessarily be executed until it is completed Rounded parameter None The IDD s rounding processing was applied to the MODE SELECT parameters specified by the INIT Logical unit not ready Need The logical unit specified by the command is in a state where it cannot be accessed Logical unit not ready Logical unit not ready format in progress None The logical unit specified by the command is currently being formatted so access is impossible Peripheral device write fault Need Unrecovered write offtrack error The maximum number of write offtrack retries was reached when AWRE 0 K Sense Key C Sense Code Q Sub sense code L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 xK Except within the time required for the disk drive to reach the ready state
155. d Reservations Preempted Reservations Released Registrations Preempted Commands cleared by another INIT Spindle synchronized Spindle not synchronized Microcode has been changed Changed Operating Definition Device Identifier Changed 29 01 29 02 29 03 29 05 29 06 2A 01 2A 03 2A 04 2A 05 2F 00 5C 01 5C 02 3F 01 3F 02 3F 05 However if the IDD responds with a BUSY status or QUEUE FULL status due to its not being able to receive the command that was issued the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not cleared The above CHECK CONDITION status response that is the cause of the UNIT ATTENTION condition hold can be prohibited by the specification of the CHANGE DEFINITION command When the CHECK CONDITION status response is prohibited the IDD executes the commands it receives normally except in the case of a RESERVATION CONFLICT status BUSY status or QUEUE FULL status In this case the UNIT ATTENTION condition for the INIT that issued that command is cleared See Section 3 1 4 CHANGE DEFINITION concerning setting details 2 INQUIRY command The INQUIRY command is executed normally but the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not cleared 3 REQUEST SENSE command One of the following operations is performed depending on whether or not the IDD is in the sense data hold state shown in Section 1 6 a In the case of a Sense Data Hold state The IDD executes the REQUEST SENSE command no
156. d or even when recovery is impossible execution of the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when error recovery processing is completed and the sense data indicate the data block address where that error occurred 3 Transfer to the INIT of data in blocks with recovered errors is done but transfer to the INIT of data blocks in which the errors were unrecoverable is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands 1 Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table 1 If a setting prohibited combination of error recovery flags is specified the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the parameters specified at that time are disabled Remark Just as explained for the EER PER DTE and DCR bits the IDD can only make a valid specification for the PER bit Therefore among the error recovery flag combinations listed above the only one which can actually operated is EER PER DTE DCR 1 0 0 0 and 1 1 0 0 C141 E167 4 9 Parameter Data Formats 4 1 2 Disconnect reconnect parameters page code 2 The format of the page descriptor in this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 2 a Blt e ei a ell ew Note 13 15 X 000000 Reserved Figure 4 2 MODE SELECT parameters disconnect reconnect parameters 4 10
157. d the IDD reports 0 0 0 0 0 direct access device as the device type code At this time the Qualifier field is 0 0 0 Therefore byte 0 indicates X 00 On the other hand when a LUN other than 0 is specified the IDD reports 1 1 1 1 1 undefined device as the device type code At this time the Qualifier field is 0 1 1 Therefore byte 0 indicates X 7F c RMB bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that the storage media is a removable disk device The IDD is a fixed disk device so this bit is always reported as 0 d Version The VERSION field indicates the implemented version of this standard and is defined below Code Description Xl ANSI X3 131 1986 SCSI 1 X 02 ANSI X3 131 1994 SCSI 2 X 03 ANSI X3 301 1997 SPC Rev 11 X 04 T10 1236 D SPC 2 e Response data format field This field shows the code which shows the standard INQUIRY data format The definition of the code is 0 0 0 1 for SCSI 1 CCS mode or 0 0 1 0 for SCSI 2 or SCSI 3 mode f Additional data length This field shows the length of the INQUIRY data byte length after byte 5 This value shows the length in the INQUIRY data held by the IDD without relation to the specification in the transfer byte length field in the CDB and is always X 5B total data length 96 bytes C141 E167 3 5 Command Specifications g Supported functions The bit positions shown below are valid only when the CHANGE DEFINITION command is set so that the
158. d Processing Exceptions 1 7 1 Overlapping commands If the following state occurs the IDD recognizes that overlapping commands have been generated and the command is terminated abnormally 1 During the IDD is executing or queuing an untagged command the INIT that issued that command before the completion of the command execution issues either an untagged command or a tagged command 2 Ifthe IDD is executing or queuing a tagged command the INIT that issued that command before the completion of the command execution issues another tagged command with the same tag specified as the previous command or an untagged command Normally completion of a command execution is at the point when the TARG notifies the INIT of the TASK COMPLETE message Execution of a command can also be terminated by the RESET condition a TARGET RESET message CLEAR TASK SET message ABORT TASK SET message or ABORT TASK message The IDD abnormally terminates all the commands commands being executed or queued received from an INIT which is overlapping commands and the command that generated the overlap condition by the procedure described below 1 If the command received form the INIT is being executed the IDD stops execution of the command If the command is still in the queue and execution has not been started the IDD clears that command C141 E167 1 23 Command Processing 1 7 2 1 7 3 2 The IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status for a command th
159. d by the INIT The IDD terminates data transfer when transfer of the length of defect data specified in the Transfer byte length field is completed or when transfer of all the defect data of the specified type is completed Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without execution of data transfer Figure 3 17 shows the format of defect data transferred to the INIT by this command Byte Header a a Defect List Length MSB a Defect List Length LSB Defect Defect Data Descriptor List Figure 3 17 READ DEFECT DATA command Defect data configuration 1 Header a P List primary list bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that P List defect data are included in the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT When it is 0 it indicates that the P List defect data are not included See 3 of item 2 C141 E167 3 89 Command Specifications b G List grown list bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that G List defect data are included in the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT When it is 0 it indicates that the G List defect data are not included See 3 of item 2 c Defect list format This field indicates the description format of the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT It is possible for the IDD to transfer defect data in 3 different formats which it can
160. d data A onto the disk media then compares the data read from the disk media with the data A If the data do not match during this mode the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status MISCOMPARE E Miscompare during Verify Operation 1D 00 The IDD does not support this bit And if 1 is specified in this bit the IDD reports CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Verify check executed by this command is the ECC data portion normalcy check only error recovery processing when the verify check is executed is according to the mode specified by the MODE SELECT parameters Verify error recovery parameter For example if data correction C141 E167 3 69 Command Specifications 3 2 6 processing is not prohibited even if a correctable data check is detected during the verify check it is regarded as if the verify check succeeded VERIFY 2F X2F Logical Block Address MSB ae eo Logical Block Address E se ee ee aa Se C gt feee e e oe This command reads the number of continuous logical data blocks specified in the Block count field with the logical data block on the disk media which is specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top then executes a VERIFY check on those data The Block count field in the CDB specifies the number of data blocks which is the object of the VERIFY check When zero is specified in the Trans
161. d to each logical block unit When zero is specified in this field retrying of writing to the disk is prohibited The value specified in this field is applicable to the WRITE command WRITE EXTENDED command write operation in the WRITE AND VERIFY command and write test in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command When the page length in Page 1 is specified as X 06 the value specified in this field is not transferred from the INIT but in this case the value specified in the Number of retries during READ on the same page is also applied to this field by the IDD C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats n Recovery time limit This parameter specifies the maximum time that can be used by the TARG for error recovery processing as a Ims constant The value specified in this parameter is the maximum permissible time for error recovery processing for each individual command When both this parameter and the Number of retries parameter are specified the parameter which specifies the shortest time must be given priority in application If less than 5000ms is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and sets 5000ms 4 6 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters EER PER DTE DCR 0 0 0 Table 4 1 0 Combinations of error recovery flags 1 of 3 Error Recovery Procedure Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter If possible
162. ds the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value Head offset count not supported This field specifies in two s complement notation an incremental offset position from the track center to the radial position the heads are moved Any value specified in this field does not preclude the device server from using positive or negative head offset during error recovery However after any error recovery is completed the device server returns the head offset to the value specified in this field The IDD is not supported this field Therefore the IDD ignores the specified value in this field Data strobe offset count not supported This field specifies in two s complement notation an incremental position to where the recovered data strobe is adjusted from its nominal setting Any value specified in this field does not preclude the device server from using positive or negative data strobe offset during error recovery However after any error recovery is completed the device server returns the data strobe offset to the value specified in this field The IDD is not supported this field Therefore the IDD ignores the specified value in this field Number of retries during write This field specifies the maximum number of times writing of data to the disk media is retried in the case that there has been an interruption in a write operation such as a shock The number of retries specified in this field is applie
163. e If a value which exceeds the maximum number of notches has been specified the test ends by CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in List 26 00 This field is a field which must be set during MODE SELECT C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Starting Boundary This field is enabled by the MODE SENSE command This field indicates the beginning of the active notch or if the active notch is zero the beginning of the logical unit IDD Ending Boundary This field is valid in the MODE SENSE command This field indicates the ending of the active notch or if the active notch is zero the ending of the logical unit IDD Page Notch This is a bit map which shows whether or not other mode pages are being changed if the device is notched The most significant bit of this field corresponds to page code 3Fh and the least significant bit corresponds to page code OOh If it is specified the IDD disregards this value 4 1 9 Informational exceptions control page page code 1C The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 8 Sao eal EEE EE 1 Page length X 0A a e o fee fe e ee 0 Cwsine oe oe pe Figure 4 8 MODE SELECT parameters informal exception control page This page specifies whether the drive failure prediction function is enabled or disabled and the reporting method when a drive failure is predicted C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats
164. e IDD s data buffer specified in the Transfer byte length field has been transferred or at the point when transfer of the header and all the data in the IDD s data buffer to the final byte position has been completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer The format of the data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is shown in Figure 3 25 Header Data z Buffer Data Byte n 4 Figure 3 25 READ BUFFER command buffer data Mode 0000 0001 The Effective buffer data length field in the header indicates the size of the data buffer byte length This value indicates the size of the IDD s data buffer that can be used by the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands without relation to the length specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB or the length of the data actually stored in the data buffer by the WRITE BUFFER command When this mode is specified the Effective buffer data length shows the size cache segment volume of the IDD s entire data buffer area Also the length of the buffer data transferred to the INIT by this command is the value for the number of bytes in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB 4 bytes or the value indicated in the Effective buffer data length field in the header whichever is smaller Mode 0 0 0 1 Header data with address sp
165. e command the IDD performs disconnect processing at that point Thereafter reconnection data transfer and disconnection the operations in 3 and 4 above are repeated until all the data blocks specified in the command have been transferred If the number of blocks specified in the command to be transferred is larger than the capacity of a cache segment and if the data transfer rate of the INIT is lower than the data transfer rate of the disk drive the empty space in the data buffer disappears from step 3 and the IDD may soon not be able to read data from the disk media data overrun In this case the IDD relocates the block that caused the data overrun after waiting one disk revolution and continues the reading process C141 E167 2 1 Data Buffer 6 When transfer of all the specified data is completed the IDD reports the status and terminates the command Note In order to avoid frequent repetition of the disconnect reconnect processing after data transfer starts on the SCSI bus and avoid the occurrence of data overruns it is necessary to set the buffer full ratio see Section 2 1 2 of the MODE SELECT parameter so the difference in the data transfer rates between the INIT SCSI bus and the disk drive is maintained in a good balance Figure 2 2 shows an example of the data buffer operating state during a read operation Details are explained in Section 2 1 2 Sector Disk Amo
166. e ee E Additional Data Length 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 Reserved 0 0 ECR w w Response Data Format CCS SCSI 2 SCSI 3 SCSI 1 CCS Addr32 Addr16 SCSI 2 SCSI 1 CCS SCST a FC e a e e iD RelAde VS_ SCSI 1 1 o0 a 1i 0 i FUJITSU Vendor ID ASCII 17 oy Product ID ASCII ns Microcode Version No ASCID Product Revision ASCI l 22 ww a l Device Serial No ASCII APE 47 4 56 X 00 Reserved SCST A ee oe 56 73 X 00 Reserved care Version Descriptor X 00 Reserved 74 95 X 00 Reserved TERE 4 Figure 3 1 Standard INQUIRY data 3 4 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands a Qualifier field 0 0 0 The specified logical unit shows the type of input output device shown in the Device Type Code field Even if this code is reported it does not mean that that logical unit is in the ready state 0 0 1 The specified logical unit shows the type of input output device shown in the Device Type Code field but it shows that an actual input output device is not connected to that logical unit The IDD does not report this code 0 1 1 Shows that the specified logical unit is not supported When this code is reported it X LF is shown in the Device Type Code field b Device type code 0 0 0 0 0 Direct access device 1 1 1 1 1 Undefined device When LUN 0 is specifie
167. e first logical block of the range of logical blocks for this command A RelAdr bit of one indicates that the Logical Block Address field is a two s complement displacement But the IDD is not supported this bit Therefore if this bit is one this command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Number of Blocks field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks to be written A Number of Blocks field of zero requests that all the remaining logical blocks onthe medium be written 3 114 C141 E167 CHAPTER 4 Parameter Data Formats 4 1 Mode Parameters 4 2 Log Parameters This chapter describes detailed parameter data formats provided by the IDD and how to use them 4 1 Mode Parameters This clause describes the block descriptors and the pages used with MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE commands that are applicable to all SCSI devices Pages specific to each device type are described in the command standard that applies to that device type 4 1 1 Read Write error recovery parameters page code 1 Figure 4 1 shows the format of the page descriptor of this MODE SELECT parameter C141 E167 4 1 Parameter Data Formats Ei Ea Pa EAE ese Ce oe ho ee oe X OA or X 06 Page Length See the maja 1 foi foe Number of retries during READ e e Figure 4 1 MODE SELECT parameters read write error recovery parameters Note If transfer
168. e in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands 0 1 When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC 2 When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued 3 The contents of recovered errors are not reported 4 If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point 5 Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands 1 Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table 0 Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table 1 Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table 4 8 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Table 4 1 Combinations of error recovery flags 3 of 3 EER PER DTE DCR Error Recovery Procedure 1 1 0 0 1 When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write R
169. e interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted recovered verify errors page X 05 Parameter code X 0003 C141 E167 4 45 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 4 5 Total read bytes processed Page 03 Code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed Total Write Bytes Processed 10 bytes The Total Read Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during read operation The bytes includes the total processed bytes during verify operation page X 05 Parameter code X 0005 4 2 4 6 Total posted unrecoverable read errors Page 03 Code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted unrecovered verify errors page X 05 Parameter code X 0006 4 46 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 5 Verify error count page X 05 All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 2 5 1 Verify errors recovered without delays Page 05 Code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered verify errors that would not be reported to the initiator during verify operations
170. e log page structure and the log pages that are applicable to all SCSI devices Pages specific to each device type are described in the command standard that applies to that device type The LOG SENSE command returns a single log page specifed in the page code field of the command descriptor block C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 1 Supprot log page X 00 The supported log page returns the list of log pages implemented by the drive om tt fete dete dete 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 02 Supported Page X 03 Supported Page X OF Supported Page a o 5 S a w 4 38 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 2 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 0 0 0 a X 02 Parameter Length X 0000 Data Underrun X 00 Reserved X 02 Parameter Length 4s O X 0000 Data Overrun Cause Oh Undefined lh SCSI bus busy optional 2h Transfer rate too slow optional 3h Fh Reserved The drive dose not supports this field Zero is always reported e Count Basis Oh Undefined 1h Per command optional 2h Per failed reconnect optional 3h Per unit of time optional 4h 7h Reserved The drive does not support this field Zero is always reported C141 E167 4 39 Parameter Data Formats e Data Underrun Count of data underruns which occur during write operation when a buffer empty condition prevents continued transfer of data to the media from the buffer The dri
171. echo buffer X O1FC in bytes aligned to a four byte boundary 3 110 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 4 5 READ LONG 3E a ee o o o o e a ae Logical Block Address MSB a oe Logical Block Address E se o o o a E E e e This command reads the logical data block data and its ECC byte specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB from the disk media and transfers it to the INIT Normally this command is used in combination with the WRITE LONG command to perform checks of the ECC function The operation object in this command is 1 data block only Remark The Pad Byte and Sync Byte patterns are not included in the transfer data When 0 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the CORRCT Corrected bit the IDD does not implement ECC correction processing of data read from the disk media When 1 is specified in the CORRCT Corrected bit data errors that can be corrected by ECC are transferred to the INIT after being corrected in the IDD s data buffer When a length other than zero which does not match the data format on the disk media is specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without executing a data transfer to the INIT At this time the sense data indicate the following contents and the INIT can determine the correct Transfer byte length from their contents e Sense Key
172. ecification The format of the data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is the same as the format of the data in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 with the data stored in the IDD s data buffer transferred to the INIT following the 4 byte header In this mode the address in the data buffer can be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB 3 108 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 4 The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of header and buffer data that can be received by the INIT The IDD reads the data from the data buffer beginning from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer offset field of the CDB and continuing in order then adds the 4 byte header to it and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of the header and data from the IDD s data buffer specified in the Transfer byte length field has been transferred or at the point when transfer of the header and all the data in the IDD s data buffer to the final byte position has been completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer The format and contents of the 4 byte header transferred in this mode are the same as in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 However the Effective buffer data length field in the header ind
173. ecified continuously in the desired sequence Page code This field specifies a code Page No that indicates the type of Page descriptor Page length This field indicates the length of the parameter field number of bytes after byte 2 excluding the page header of the Page descriptor and is a fixed value for each page code The INIT must specify the same value as the page length reported by the IDD in the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command except in cases it is described in each of the page descriptor descriptions in this item MODE SELECT parameters of the IDD The parameter list configuration and its length that can be transferred to the IDD by the INIT in the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command are as shown below If a Page descriptor that is not supported by the IDD is specified the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the MODE SELECT parameters transferred in the command are disabled Parameter Byte Length Header Block Descriptor 8 or 0 Page Descriptor Page 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter 8 or 12 Page 2 Disconnect Reconnect Parameter 12 or 16 Page 3 Format Parameter 24 Page 4 Drive Parameter 20 or 24 Page 7 Verify Error Recovery Parameter 12 Page 8 Caching Parameter 12 or 20 Page A Control Mode Parameter 8 or 12 Page C Notch Parameter 24 Page 1C Information exceptions control parameter 12 Page 21 Addit
174. ecovered read error Auto allocation failed during read auto reallocation failed B B 3 5 6 C141 E167 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 2 Sense and subsense codes 2 of 5 C Q Name Explanation Sense key 13 Sync Byte not found for SB Sync Byte could not be detected in the Data area 1 3 B Data field 14 Record entity not found Expected data from a sector was undetected LBA compare error 1 3 B detected by FMT o1 Record not found The target data block sector could not be detected 3B 3 B Mechanical positioning A seek error occurred in the drive 1 3 B Error Positioning Error detected LBA did not match due to Cylinder number s mismatch 1 3 B by read of medium ith ret Recovered data with retries A data error was recovered from by reading was retried Recovered data with A data error was recovered by read retry with offsetting head to positive head offset positive direction 03 Recovered data with A data error was recovered by read retry with offsetting head to negative head offset negative direction Recovered data without Automatic alternate allocation was applied without ECC correcting a ECC data auto data error reallocated 5 17 01 02 01 02 1 1 Recovered data without Rewriting to the same sector was performed without ECC correcting ECC recommended a data error rewrite Defect list error in primary An error was detected during reading of the defect list P List list D An er
175. ectable Data Read Error in item 3 If errors cannot be recovered from even after retry is executed the specified number of times the IDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is MEDIUM ERROR 3 and the sense code indicates Sync byte not found for data field 13 00 or Unrecovered read error 11 01 In this error retry processing rereading accompanied by head offset processing is performed Correctable data read error This error is a correctable ECC error when data are being read Processing methods when this error is detected differ depending on the values specified in the EER flag and DCR flag in the MODE SELECT parameters If immediate correction of errors is permitted DCR 0 EER 1 the IDD immediately makes error corrections in the data buffer and sends the corrected data to the INIT Also in the case of Verify processing at the point when it judges that correction is possible it regards verification as being successful and continues processing of subsequent data blocks C141 E167 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing 4 5 3 2 1 If error correction is permitted but immediate correction is not permitted DCR 0 EER 0 reading of data as in item 2 is retried up to the number of times specified in the other MODE SELECT parameters Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write
176. ective logical data blocks specified by the INIT In this case if there are unused spare sectors in the same cell as the specified defective logical data blocks alternate block allocation is done within the same cell but if all the spare sectors in the same cell have been used up alternate blocks are allocated in spare sectors in an alternate cell e Auto alternate block allocation processing If auto alternate block allocation processing is permitted by the AWRE flag or the ARRE flag of the MODE SELECT parameters the IDD executes alternate clock allocation automatically by alternate sector processing for defective data blocks detected during execution of the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY READ and READ EXTENDED commands The alternate block allocation method in this case is the same as in the case of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command See the description in Section 5 3 2 concerning Auto Alternate Block Allocation Processing 6 2 Disk Media Initialization 6 2 1 Initialization during installation The disk drive is initialized for the inherent default data format for each respective model name model class when it is shipped from the factory so ordinarily it is not necessary to initialized format the disk media when it is installed in a system However in cases where data attributes which differ from the default format are necessary initialization formatting of the entire disk media by the following procedures is necessary At t
177. ed for the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command does not match the registered reservation key for the initiator the drive returns the RESERVATION CONFLICT status This reservation key of the initiator is valid to all service actions and Scopes The Service Action Reservation Key field must be specified for the REGISTER PREEMPT and PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions In the REGISTER service action a new registered reservation key is specified in this field In the PREEMPT and PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions a reservation key of the initiator that holds the reservation requirements to be preempted is specified in this field In the PREEMPT or PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions if the value specified in this field does not match any registered reservation key the drive returns the RESERVATION CONFLICT status In other service actions the value specified in this field is ignored If the Scope is the Element reservation the Scope specific Address field contains the Element address zero filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field If the service action is REGISTER REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY or CLEAR or if the Scope is a Logical Unit reservation the Scope specific Address field is set to zero The Activate Persist Through Power Loss APTPL bit shall be valid only for the REGISTER service action In any other service action the APTPL bit is ignored Support for the APTPL bit is optional If a value is specified for a drive tha
178. ed to the disk drive s physical attributes data format timing for SCSI bus disconnect and reconnect processing error recovery procedures etc as well as the attributes of those parameters to the INIT The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command Section 3 1 7 except that the format of data MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT differs somewhat Figure 3 11 shows the data configuration of the parameter list MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command Compared to the 4 byte header in the case of a Group 0 MODE SENSE command an 8 byte header is transferred in this command The meanings of each field and bit in the header are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command except that the byte positions differ Also the contents of the other parameters block descriptor and page descriptors are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command ES EAESEARSEIESESED o Sense Data Length MSB DE Sense Data Length LSB 20 X 00 Media Type X00 E E EE X 00 Block Descriptor Length MSB X 00 or X 08 Block Descriptor Length LSB C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Block Descriptor Data Block Count MSB z i Data Block Count Data Block Count E e Page Descriptor Piste ae Page Code Page Length Parameter Field Figure 3 11 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Group 2 parameter configuration 3 1 9
179. eecaeecaeeeseeesseeseeeseenseenaes 2 3 2 3 Example of data buffer operation during write oo le lees cess ceseceseceseceecaeecaeeeseseaseneenseenseenaes 2 4 2 4 Parameters for controlling reconnection tiMiNg eee eee cee esse ceeecseeeneeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeseenaes 2 5 25 Cache control parameters iei eka cesses ck etd een dieo bead co oS EE aeia eo rS EEE EEEE EEE EEE 2 9 3 1 Standard INQUIRY Gata eein seansos ienee roem senser o sets abso SAES Tear ESEESE EE cess E SESER OET EKER nates 3 4 3 2 Command support datas Sese ee ee ek eed es ate sek dete ie 3 9 3 3 VPD information VPD identifier list 00 cece ie are e a E E N SS 3 11 3 4 VPD information device serial NO cesscessessschestssssssoeesspeseseussesoenosvbasdssasnsveossesscesssesssessoense 3 11 3 5 VPD information operation MOE eee eeceeecesecesecseceeecaeecseesscescensecsaecsaecsaecaaecaeeeneeegs 3 12 3 6 READ CAPACITY datas sessevscv8i cassieusbiiesti A a E N E R S AN 3 14 3 7 MODE SELECT parameter structure 0 0 eee eeeeesecesecseeceecneeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeesaecsaecsaesseeeas 3 21 3 8 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter configuration seessseeessereeresrrererrssesrresesreee 3 23 3 9 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command Group 2 parameter configuration eee 3 28 3 10 MODE SENSE command Group 0 parameter configuration eee eeeeeeeeeeeeecnsecneeeaeeees 3 31 3 11 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Group 2 parameter configuration 3 35 3 12 SET LIMITS c
180. eee eee eeceeeeceeecneeeeeeeeeeseensees 3 96 4 1 Combinations of error recovery flaps nsise RA E E E SR 4 7 5 1 Sense Key ierni t a Se AG Bets eet eae E A ERA R 5 5 5 2 Sense anid SUBSENSE codes is 55 isteicesctstevieciesious EEEE E eSEE EEEE EEE E E ENEE EE E ESE 5 6 5 3 Sense data error ClassifiCatwoms sac ssccsesesseesieessevebes shes seniri ei eer rei E rE E rr EEEE rE ros EES PESE seesi 5 14 5 4 Error recovery processing procedures eeseeeseeesesseesssreersstrrresessrertsserresesteetesreetsrererentesreresee 5 17 5 5 Disk drive errors and number of retries esseesssesesseessesesrrsresreeresrertssertestesteeresreereserrensesrreresre 5 25 C141 E167 xiii This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 1 Command Processing Command Format Status Byte Outline of Command Processing Command Queuing Function UNIT ATTENTION Condition Sense Data Hold State Command Processing Exceptions Data Block Addressing This chapter describes the basic logical specifications of the IDD command processing functions Note The IDD operates as the target TARG on the SCSI bus In the explanations in this chapter the IDD is mentioned as TARG except in cases where a particularly clear distinction is necessary 1 1 Command Format Input output operation commands from INIT initiator to the IDD are accomplished by the CDB Command Descriptor Block The CDB is information transferred from INIT to TARG in the COMMAND phase
181. efined in the parameter data field of the READ KEYS service action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command See Section 3 1 18 2 3 52 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands The Additional Length field contains a count of the number of bytes to follow in the Reservation Descriptors field If the specified allocation length in the CDB of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is not sufficient for containing the entire parameter list a portion of the parameter list from byte 0 to the specified allocation length is transferred to the initiator If the remaining data of the list may be truncated valid reservation descriptors are created in the Additional Length field 1 The format of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN reservation descriptors is shown below Reservation Key Scope specific Address 11 19 12 20 X 00 Reserved 14 15 X 00 Reserved 22 23 The reservation requirements kept by a logical unit are displayed with the Reservation Descriptors in the parameter data The Descriptors include reservation keys of the initiator that holds the reservation requirements The Descriptors also include the Type value and the Scope value of the reservation requirements specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command See Sections 3 1 18 3 1 and 3 1 18 3 2 The reservation key indicates a key registered according to the reservation requirements If each initiator uses a unique key the application must associate the initiator that ho
182. einitialization is shown below However in cases where the logical data block length is changed the initialization procedure described in Section 6 2 1 must be followed during installation MODE SELECT command If the logical data block count size of the User Space or the size of the spare sector area and its location are changed issue the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and specify the disk media format attributes The parameter specification method is the same as in the case of initialization processing during installation described in Section 6 2 1 If the same format attributes as at present will continue to be used it is not necessary to issue the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command FORMAT UNIT command Issue the FORMAT UNIT command in either of the following two formats and initialize the entire disk media surface a Specify 1 in the FmtData bit 0 in the CmpLst bit and 000 in the Defect List Format field Also prepare only a 4 byte header specify 0 in the FOV DPRY DCRT and STPF bits and zero in the Defect List Length field e In this FORMAT UNIT command the entire disk media surface is initialized using the P List and the previously existing G List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the previously existing G List is saved and the defect position information for the de
183. either X 00 or X 08 must be specified in this field When X 00 is specified in this field it indicates that the Block descriptor is not included in the parameter list transferred from the INIT and the Page descriptor follows immediately after the Header Block descriptor The logical attributes of the data format on the disk media are described in the 8 byte long Block descriptor Note The parameters in the Block descriptor are intimately related in the Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 If the parameters in the Block descriptor are changed the INIT should also specify the appropriate values in the Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 to correct them C141 E167 Command Specifications If only the Block descriptor in this command is changed the IDD changes the values in the Sector count track Data byte length physical sector Track skew factor and Cylinder skew factor as well as the Cylinder count value in the drive parameters Page 4 in accordance with the contents specified in the Block descriptor and uses the Current values as is for the other parameters Data block count This field specifies the total number of logical data blocks the block length is specified in Data block length allocated in the user space on the disk media The maximum logical block address is a value with 1 subtracted from the value in this field The Data block count
184. ense will be reported If the verify is unsuccessful then check the spare Write the data onto the new spare and verify it If the verify is successful then the reallocation will be proceeded If the verify is unsuccessful then the drive will add the defective spare onto the G List and then choose another spare and try the same thing to the new spare until the verify completes successfully After reallocates all of the logged LBA included in a WRITE command the drive will start the write operation 3 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a write operation 2 This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the AWRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e WRITE command e WRITE EXTENDED command When this function is permitted if during WRITE WRITE EXTENDED command detects any Servo error e g Write offtrack error and cannot be recovered within pre determined retry number specified in Mode Parameter For the sectors around defective Servo alternate blocks are allocated and the data of this WRITE commands are re written 5 24 C141 E167 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing 5 3 3 Sectors to be made AWRE shall be following e the sector where the error occurs and the latter sectors and e the sectors whose data are logically continual and stored in Cache e the sectors which will be processed in this Write command and e the sectors which locate bet
185. er all the sectors in order on the same memory surface same head it is proceeding to the next memory surface next head after all the sectors have been done When this bit is 0 it indicates that after logical data block address allocation is performed over all the sectors in order in the same cylinder all heads it is proceeding to the next cylinder In the IDD only the latter type of addressing is possible so this bit is disregarded It is also impossible to change this parameter 4 1 4 Drive parameter page code 4 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 4 C141 E167 4 17 Parameter Data Formats Bit 7 5 4 3 2 1 Byte 0o o j o o 0 0 0 0 1 X 16 X 12 or XOA Page Length See the Note Cylinder Count 000000 Number of Heads Default X O00xx X 0000 Write Precompensation Starting Cylinder Default X 000000 X 000000 Reduced Write Current Starting Cylinder Default X 000000 X 000000 Drive Step Rate Default X 0000 X 0000 Landing Zone Cylinder Default X 000000 X 000000 0 0 Default 0 0 0 0 0 Rotational Synchronization Offset X 00 X 00 X 00 Reserved Rotational Speed D maxas 410005 apm ot 15 000 rpm Figure 4 4 MODE SELECT parameters drive parameters wn a7 lan 0 0 o 1o Note When transfer of this page is requested by the MODE SENSE or MODE SEN
186. er in the block descriptor or the Data byte length Physical sector parameter in this page descriptor so this parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the value specified in this field This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in Active Notch of Page C If it is 0 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats c Parameters specifying sector format bytes 12 to 19 Data byte length physical sectors This parameter specifies the data length per 1 physical sector as the number of bytes In the IDD the data byte length per 1 physical sector is the same as the data byte length in 1 logical data block The INIT can specify the value of this parameter at O or 512 to 528 bytes 4 byte boundary If a value less than 512 bytes the IDD sets a byte length of 512 If more than 528 bytes is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and sets a byte length of 528 If an odd number of bytes is specified within the specified range the IDD performs rounding up processing If the above rounding processing is performed the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 for that command If 0 is specified in this parameter the value calculated based on the value of the Data block length in the block descriptor is used as this parameter value When both this page descriptor and the block descriptor are specified by the same MODE SELECT command
187. er is switched on when a RESET condition occurs or when the IDD receives a BUS DEVICE RESET message the Current MODE SELECT parameter values are changed to the Save parameter values if they exist and are changed to the Default parameter values if the Save values do not exist When any of the parameters related to the data format on the disk media Block Descriptor Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 parameters related to the segment buffer Caching parameters Page 8 byte 13 and parameters related to command queuing Control mode parameters Page A byte 3 is changed by this command a UNIT ATTENTION condition Mode parameters changed 2A 01 is generated for all the INITs other than the INIT that issued this command When the RESERVE command is issued which specifies the Third Party Reserve function the Current values of MODE SELECT parameters of the INIT that issued the RESERVE command are copied to Current values for a third party device specified by the RESERVE command Details of this function are described in Section 3 1 11 RESERVE 16 Followings show the relation between the three types of parameters Current Save and Default C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Current values Power on Save values Z RESET condition MODE Command to all INITs TARGET RESET Command to all INITs SE
188. es its functionality TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is ignored when ETC bit is 0 For LOG SELECT command See 3 1 17 the IDD accepts this field value of other than 00b but ignores its functionality LBIN This bit is only valid if the LP bit is one If the LP bit is one and this bit is zero then the list parameter is a string of ASCII graphic codes If the LP bit is one and this bit is one then the list parameter is a list of binary information LP List Parameter 1 The parameter is a data counter 0 The parameter is a list parameter If these bits are specified by LOG SELECT command the IDD terminates normally But the IDD s action is not changed For LOG SENSE command these bits always report value defined in each log page see 4 2 3 Parameter length This field specifies the length in bytes of the following parameter value If the application client sends a parameter length value that results in the truncation of the parameter value the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 C141 E167 3 47 Command Specifications 4 Parameter value This field indicates actual threshold value or cumulative value The size of this field differs in each log parameter 3 1 17 LOG SENSE 4D Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 X 4D
189. essesseseeeseeesesreessrerresesrenrsserrensesrenresrenenseeees 3 109 3 27 READ BUFFER command Echo buffer descriptor sseessesseseessereeesesersrrsreeresrerrsserrenresreeres 3 110 xii C141 E167 Contents 4 1 MODE SELECT parameters read write error recovery parameters cesses eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 4 2 MODE SELECT parameters disconnect reconnect parameters sesesesseesesersererrsreerrsrerrseeee 4 10 4 3 MODE SELECT parameters format parameters sseesseeeeseseseeesrsrteresteereserresrerrreresrenresreerssene 4 14 4 4 MODE SELECT parameters drive parameters essseesseeessseseeeseseerrseretssrrrteresrenresreerssrerrssee 4 18 4 5 MODE SELECT parameters verify error recovery parameters eeseeeseseeerrsreererrrrrrsrrereresrees 4 20 4 6 MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters eeseeeseeeseeesesreerrseesrsserrreresreerrsrenrsrerrsse 4 22 4 7 MODE SELECT parameters control mode parameters 0 00 0 eee eee ceeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensees 4 28 4 8 MODE SELECT parameters informal exception control page eee ese eseeeeeeeeeeseeseeesees 4 33 4 9 MODE SELECT parameters additional error recovery parameters cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 36 5 1 Expanded sense data format sinesine aaa en E aE O a E AISE EEEE OE ER EE eri 5 2 5 2 Sense key inherent information 0 cece cece eeeeceeeceescesecesecesecsaecsaecseecaeecaeeeseseaeeseeeseeeeeseensaeeaee 5 4 5 3 Analysis of the termimation Sta
190. essing is executed only for the User Space in the range specified in the Block descriptor and Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 of the MODE SELECT parameter 3 Ifa defect descriptor in the Byte distance from the Index format is specified in the D List depending on the byte position of the specified defective byte 1 sector may be processed as a defective sector with 2 or more defect descriptors Also if the specified defective byte position has no influence on data block read write operations that defect position information is disregarded and is not the object of defective sector processing and thus is not recorded in the G List Therefore the defect position information specified in this command may not necessarily coincide with the defect position information read with the READ DEFECT DATA command after this command is terminated 4 Defect processing during initialization Table 3 5 shows each combination of control flag specification values and the contents of processing executed by the IDD Furthermore see Chapter 3 Data Format of the Product Manual concerning alternate block allocation processing methods Table 3 5 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 1 of 3 FmtData CmpLst Defect DPRY Defect Defect Processing Method List List Format Length Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List The previously existing G List is erased
191. estigating the information in the header transferred by the IDD it can know the length number of data included in the P List and G List Depending on the combination of defect data type specifications and format specifications the following conditions exist concerning the transferred defect data so caution is necessary Defect List Format GList Block Address Format 2 Byte Distance from the Index Format 1 3 Physical Sector Address Format 1 1 Regardless of the size of the User Space all the defect position information for the disk media other than the system space is reported Defect position information is also reported for areas which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT such as the spare sectors for alternate blocks 2 Logical data blocks which have undergone slip processing due to defective sectors and logical data blocks which have undergone alternate processing are reported Defect position information is not reported for areas which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT areas which do not have logical block addresses such as cylinders and sectors etc which are not used as User Space or CE Space 3 The byte position which indicates the first byte in defective sector data is reported The number of defects reported by this command differs depending on the defect data format e When data are in the Block Address Format defect position information is not reported for portions which cannot be clearly ac
192. etected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurred Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter Data correction is not executed according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurred C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats Table 4 1 Combinations o
193. etry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC 2 When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued 3 If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point 4 Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands 5 When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurred However if the error is corrected with ECC only the CHECK CONDITION is not reported and no sense data is created 1 Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table 0 1 When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC 2 When error recovery has succeede
194. executes pre fetching of data If disconnect processing is permitted the IDD either completes transfer of all the data specified in the command or at the point when the empty space in the data buffer runs out disconnect processing is executed Positioning of the specified data blocks is performed in parallel with this data transfer and writing of data from the data buffer to the disk media is executed immediately after positioning is completed See Section 2 1 Data Buffer for details of data buffer operation and control of the timing for starting reconnection processing by the MODE SELECT parameter buffer empty ratio If the write cache function is enabled the IDD reports a status byte at the point when reception of all the data transferred from the INIT is completed If an error occurs while data are being written to the disk media a CHECK CONDITION status is reported for the command to be executed next If the write cache function is disabled a status byte is reported after writing to the disk media of all the data transferred from the INIT is completed then execution of the command is terminated C141 E167 3 67 Command Specifications 3 2 4 Note Even when there is an error in the specification in the CDB or when a write operation to the disk media cannot be executed normally due to various other causes the transfer of data data is pre fetched to the data buffer from the INIT to the IDD may be executed In this case the
195. execution response data from a command issued by another INIT during the interval until this command is issued either this command should be linked to the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command when it is issued or the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and this command should be executed after the IDD is reserved Response data are valid only when 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit and after a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command which specifies a specific operation in the parameter list is executed with the IDD transferring response data showing the execution results of the latest SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Also even if this command is executed the response data in not cleared and remains valid until the next SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is executed If this command is issued when valid response data do not exist the IDD transfers a maximum of 4 bytes of X 00 data to the INIT Figure 3 21 shows the format of response data transferred to the INIT from the IDD by this command The response data are configured from a 4 byte Page header and the Page parameters which follow it Header Page Parameters 0 Figure 3 21 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Response data configuration e Page code This field is the same value as the page code specified in the parameter list transferred form the INIT by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command executed last and shows a code which identifies the type of response data reported in this command
196. f error recovery flags 2 of 3 EER PER DTE DCR Error Recovery Procedure 0 1 1 0 1 Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter If possible data correction is executed afterward according to the ECC 2 When error recovery has succeeded or even when recovery is impossible execution of the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when error recovery processing is completed and the sense data indicate the data block address where that error occurred 3 Transfer to the INIT of data in blocks with recovered errors is done but transfer to the INIT of data blocks in which the errors were unrecoverable is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands 1 1 Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter Data correction is not executed according to the ECC 2 When error recovery has succeeded or even when recovery is impossible execution of the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when error recovery processing is completed and the sense data indicate the data block address where that error occurred 3 Transfer to the INIT of data in blocks with recovered errors is done but transfer to the INIT of data blocks in which the errors were unrecoverable is don
197. f task tags supported 1 0 Basic task set model supported 1 1 Illegal combination of BQue and CmdQue bits VS Vendor specific Not defined C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands h e SCSI 2 mode Byte 3 AENC Asynchronous event notification capability Asynchronous condition notify function 0 TrmIOP Terminate I O process TERMINATE I O PROCESS message 0 Byte 6 DualP Dual port Dual port function 0 Port Connection port 0 connect to port A 0 1 connect to port B ACKBREQB ACKB REQB Use the ACKB and REQB signals with the B cable or the Q cable 0 Addr32 Wide SCSI address 32 32 bit SCSI addressing 0 Addr16 Wide SCSI address 16 16 bit SCSI addressing 0 1 Byte 7 RelAdr Relative addressing Relative logical block addressing 0 WBus32 32 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 4 byte bus 0 WBus16 16 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 2 byte bus 0 1 Sync Scychronous data transfer Data transfer in the synchronous mode 1 Linked Linked command Command link function 1 TTD Target transfer disable Target transfer disable message 0 CmdQue Command queuing Tagged command queuing feature 1 SftRe Soft Reset Soft reset condition 0 Vendor ID field This field indicates the name of the product s supplier in left justified ASCII code and always indicates FUJITSU The unused right end is space for the AS
198. fective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is added to the G List During initialization alternate blocks for which sector slip processing was applied for previously known defects are reallocated so optimization of the logical data block locations on the disk media can be expected b Specify 0 in the FmtData bit and in the CmpLst bit and 000 in the Defect List Format field In this case specification of the format parameters is not necessary e In this FORMAT UNIT command the disk media is initialized using only the P List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the previously existing G List is erased and defect position information for the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is recorded in a new G List C141 E167 6 5 Disk Media Management 6 3 1 2 Data Block Verification Methods Recommended The recommended procedure for verifying from the INIT the normalcy of logical data blocks located on the disk media is as shown below It is desirable for the INIT to verify the data blocks after initialization of the disk media is completed or when executing alternate block allocation processing by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Note The INIT must not recognize the defective data blocks included in the P List as normal data blocks in the verification
199. fer Byte Length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of MODE SENSE data which can be transferred to the INIT by this command The IDD transfers the number of bytes of all the MODE SENSE data specified in the Page code field or the portion of MODE SENSE data with the length specified in the Transfer Byte Length field whichever is smaller When zero is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field this command is terminated without anything being transferred Figure 3 10 shows the data configuration in the parameter list MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command The parameter list consists of a 4 byte header an 8 byte block descriptor and one or more page descriptors specified in the CDB which are transferred in order However when 1 is specified in the DBD bit of the CDB the block descriptor is not transferred Also when X 00 is specified in the Page code field of the CDB the page descriptor is not transferred C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Sense Data Length X 00 Media Type Pe prorua o o o o X 00 or X 08 Block Descriptor Length Block Descriptor a E scot B e e Page Descriptor EE rea Header _ fr ae Page Length Figure 3 10 MODE SENSE command Group 0 parameter configuration C141 E167 3 31 Command Specifications 1 2 Header Sense data length This field indicates the length number of bytes of the
200. fer block count the command is terminated normally without performing seek and pre fetch Bit 4 of CDB byte 1 is disabled in the IDD and the specified value is disregarded If 1 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the BytChk bit the IDD compare the data read from the disk media with the data transferred from the INIT If the data do not match during this mode the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status MISCOMPARE E Miscompare during verify operation 1D 00 If 0 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the BytChk bit an ECC data portion normalcy check is executed Also error recovery processing during execution of the verify check is according to the mode specified by the MODE SELECT parameter verify error recovery parameter For example if data correction processing is not prohibited even if a correctable data check is detected it is regarded as if the verify check succeeded C141 E167 3 2 Data Access Commands 3 2 7 SEEK 0B GBB BeEae Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB Sa E E This command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track where the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB exists When disconnect processing is permitted the IDD performs disconnect processing after receiving the CDB After that the IDD executes reconnect processing at the point when the seek operation is completed and reports the status When disconne
201. field shall be 512 bytes A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data shall be transferred and that subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands shall return an Identifier length of zero Logical units that implement this command shall be capable of accepting a parameter list length of 512 bytes or less If the parameter list length exceeds 512 bytes and the logical unit is not capable of storing the requested number of bytes then the device server shall return CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list are shown below Identifier The Identifier field shall be a vendor specific value to be returned in subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands C141 E167 3 2 Data Access Commands 3 2 Data Access Commands 3 2 1 READ 08 ee X08 ee aa OSO j o oe e o m This command reads the number of blocks of data in continuous logical data blocks specified in the Transfer block count field with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The transfer block count can be specified up to a maximum of 256 logical data blocks When zero is specified in the Transfer block count field in byte 4 of the CDB it specifies transfer of 256 logical data blocks and when a value other than zero is specified it specifies the number of logical data blocks that should be transfer
202. fields are ignored during the data tranfer h Disconnect Immediate DImm Not supported The IDD always control disconnection with itself algorithm Therefore The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value 0 The IDD transfers data for a command during the same interconnect tenancy in which it receives the command Whether or not the target does so may depend upon the target s internal algorithms the rules of the applicable SCSI protocol and settings of the other parameters in this mode page 1 The IDD does not transfer data for a command during the same interconnect tenancy in which it receives the command i Fair arbitration This field indicates whether the target uses fair or unfair arbitration when requesting an interconnect tenancy 000b Cannot use the arbitration fairness during a normal arbitration except above Can use the arbitration fairness during a normal arbitration j Enable modify data pointer EMDP Not supported This bit indicates whether or not the initiator allows the data transfer to be re ordered by the target The IDD are not supported a MODIFY DATA POINTER message Therefore The IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and operates according to the Default value 0 The IDD cannot transfer a MODIFY DATA POINTER message 1 The IDD can transfer a MODIFY DATA POINTER message C141 E167 4 13 Parameter Data Formats
203. figured from header 4 bytes in length followed by a block descriptor with a length of 8 bytes This is followed by one or more page descriptors or when there is no block descriptor the 4 byte header is followed by one or more page descriptors The INIT may transfer a header only or the header and block descriptor only without the page descriptor added i E X 00 Media Type X 00 or X 08 Product Descriptor Length Block Descriptor Le Ji Data Block Count MSB 1 Data Block Count Data Block Count Data Block Count LSB Data Block Length MSB Data Block Length EA zo E Data Block Length LSB C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Page Header _ Page Descriptor Page Length Le fo fe rc Figure 3 8 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter configuration Header Media type X 00 default type must be specified in this field Byte 2 Bits 7 and 4 of this field have meaning only in the header transferred to the INIT by the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands The values specified in these bits are disregarded in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands 0 must always be specified by the INIT in the other bit positions Block descriptor length This field indicates the length block count of the Block descriptor which follows the header not including the length of the Page descriptor It is possible to define only 1 Block descriptor to the IDD and
204. fined 1 1 Reserved If the Support field contains 000b all data after byte 1 is not valid One possible reason for support being 000b is the device server s inability to retrieve information stored on the C141 E167 3 9 Command Specifications media When this is the case a subsequent request for command support data may be successful CDB size This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the operation code being queried and the size of the CDB Usage Data field in the return data CDB usage data This field contains information about the CDB for the operation code being queried The first byte of the CDB usage data contains the operation code for the operation being queried All bytes except the first byte of the CDB usage data contains a usage map for bits in the CDB for the operation code being queried The bits in the Usage map have a one for one correspondence to the CDB for the operation code being queried If the device server evaluates a bit as all or part of a field in the CDB for the operation code being queried the usage map contains a one in the corresponding bit position If the device server ignores or treats as reserved a bit in the CDB for the operation code being queried the usage map contains a zero in the corresponding bit position The usage map bits for a given CDB field all have the same value Thus the CDB usage bit map for Inquiry command for a device server that implements command
205. for execution of the command are pre fetched in a batch in the processing in 1 above so the value specified in the buffer empty ratio has not meaning 2 Ifthe amount of data processed with a single command exceeds the capacity of one cache segment in order to avoid frequent repetition of disconnect and reconnect processing during command execution and in order to escape the occurrence of data underrun it is necessary to set the buffer empty ratio see Section 2 1 2 of the MODE SELECT parameter so the difference in the data transfer rates between the INIT SCSI bus and the disk drive is maintained in a good balance Figure 2 3 shows an example of the data buffer operating state during a write operation Details are explained in section 2 1 2 Sector if Disk S Amount of Data in the Buffer SCSI Bi DATA OUT XL K__ gt lt STATUS COMMAND Disconnection Reconnection Figure 2 3 Example of data buffer operation during write C141 E167 2 1 Data Buffer 2 1 2 Operation mode setting 1 MODE SELECT parameter In order to make it possible to control from the INIT the reconnection processing start timing for executing data transfers with the SCSI bus in read and write operations the IDD is provided with the MODE SELECT parameter Disconnect Reconnect Parameter Page code 2 shown in Figure 2 4 The user can set the optimum operating state in the system environment as necessary T
206. function is made effective only in the case that commands with link specifications are completed normally If a command with a link specification is completed in an error state or in an exception state the command link function is invalidated Table 1 1 shows the response of the IDD when commands with a Link specification are terminated C141 E167 Command Processing Table 1 1 Responses to Link Specification Commands 0 Completed Normally 1 Completed Normally x Completed Abnormally 0 Conditions Met 1 Conditions Met x Unable to Start Receive x Reserved State x Forced Termination INTERMEDIATE LINKED TASK COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE LINKED TASK COMPLETE WITH FLAG CHECK CONDITION TASK COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE LINKED TASK COMPLETE CONDITION MET INTERMEDIATE LINKED TASK COMPLETE WITH CONDITION MET FLAG TASK COMPLETE RESERVATION TASK COMPLETE CONFLICT COMMAND TASK COMPLETE TERMINATED x Queue Full State QUEUE FULL TASK COMPLETE Only a single logical unit can operate a series of linked commands When the IDD receives the first command the logical unit specified by the IDENTIFY message or the LUN field of the CDB becomes the object of operation in a series of linked commands and the values specified in the LUN field in the second and subsequent CDBs are disregarded Note Link Function Effective Effective Not Effective Effective Effective Not Effective Not Effective Not Effe
207. g command the same tag number was issued to the same logical unit nn queue tag number Overlapped commands 1 Before execution of an untagged command was completed the attempted same INIT issued a new command to the same LUN 2 Before execution of a tagged command was completed the same INIT issued a command to the same LUN with the same tag Or an untagged command was issued when not in the sense hold state 55 04 Insufficient Registration PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is issued from Resource ae device server resource 5C Spindle synchronized The rotational The rotational synchronization operation was completed operation was completed Spindle not synchronized Rotational synchronization deviated SMART predictive failure SMART related sense data The read error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold The frequency of grown defect allocation attribute has reached the failure threshold The seek error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold The spin up time attribute has reached the failure threshold The remaining alternate sector count attribute has reached the an failure threshold The drive is in test mode Initiator s SCSI ID not Since the SCSI ID of the INIT was not notified in the SELECTION identified phase the RESERVE RESERVE EXTENDED RELEASE AND RELEASE EXTENDED commands cannot be executed A serious error was detected in the drive s control system nn is a Fujits
208. g in the not ready state seeseseeeseeeseseeesssreressrrsreereserresrerrenrssrerresenee 1 24 17 5 Error recovery Processing s 2 s scc aged eee ain nts eden eae unm S RE 1 26 EO RESEti processing inensis aeoea eee ed be ee ate eA Se eee 1 27 ETI Fatal Ward ware Crrorsis eena eues eare es etasan erae ar Se APE Sene bres emergent 1 29 1 8 Data Block Addressing siririn renier n reor o Eie E ar n EEE rE ETE i E eaS 1 29 1 8 1 Definition of data space oe e E e a EEES o E E EE 1 29 1 8 2 Logical block addressing snoseiiiniscereniersees eost esorirts seeren ireren erok ie orse nereis a ty 1 32 C141 E167 vii Contents CHAPTER 2 Data Buffer Management csscscssssssssscssssecsssssssesssssesscsssesesssesesssssnesssssessessessossoees 2 1 Jl Data Butler sc cite si scd ascii a eee td eae eS 2 1 2 1 1 Data buffer configuration and basic Operation eesceeecessseceeeeeeececeeeeeeeeceereeeeeceteeseneeess 2 1 2 1 2 Operatron Mode Sete ssr eese ia e S ae EEEE ds Eee EN sve keo EEEE 2 5 2 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature istrese nret ern rete er ear E SE EES e oar ET aasi 2 6 2 2 Caching operation 28 sii Eee EAE AS EA 2 6 2 2 2 Caching Parameters sevice coaiererscsites glides os vee seated ouacs toes oy lies EEE TE ET E EE E 2 8 2 2 3 Look Ahead operation Look Ahead volume wu eee ee eee cseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaecsaecaaecseeeaeeeaes 2 9 2B Write Cache si sess 50 55 ssa E ststaseseendsoash ca sheescthd
209. g write 4 20 O operation code 1 3 3 3 operation if formatting is not completed normally 1 26 Index operation mode 3 12 setting 2 5 other internal IDD error 5 23 outline of command processing 1 8 disk drive error recovery processing 1 27 SCSI bus error recovery processing 1 26 overlapping command 1 23 page 1 6 6 page 3 6 4 page 4 6 4 page 8 6 6 page code 3 3 3 25 3 46 3 95 3 99 0A 4 27 0C 4 31 4 1 5 25 1C 4 33 2 4 10 21 4 36 5 25 3 4 14 4 4 17 7 4 19 5 25 8 4 21 page code list 3 10 3 95 3 100 descriptor 3 25 3 33 length 3 25 3 33 3 46 notch 4 33 page parameter 3 95 3 100 length 3 95 3 100 parameter code 3 47 configuration 3 23 3 28 3 31 3 35 data format 4 1 field 3 33 for controlling reconnection timing 2 5 for specifying alternate processing area for defective block 4 15 length 3 16 parameter list 3 16 configuration 3 95 length 1 4 parameter related to device type 4 16 C141 E167 IN 5 Index parameter specification 3 94 parameter specifying sector format 4 16 track format 4 15 PER 4 4 4 20 Perf 4 34 persistent reservation type 3 54 code 3 55 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 3 49 parameter data for READ KEYS 3 51 parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS 3 52 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT 3 56 command service action code 3 58 parameter list 3 58 service action 3 57 service action and valid parameter 3 60 phase CRC 3 17 PHSCRC 3 17 physiucal sector address format 3 81 P list
210. hanged The IDD disregards the value specified in this field and sets the optimum cylinder skew value in the specified data block length See Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual for details about cylinder skew This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in active notch of Page C If it is 0 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 d Parameters related to device type byte 20 SSEC soft sectoring When this bit is 1 it indicates that the data formatting method on the disk media is soft sectoring However since the IDD uses only the hard sectoring method refer to previously shown item b this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters e HSEC hard sectoring When this bit is 1 it indicates that the data formatting method on the disk media is hard sectoring However since the IDD uses only the hard sectoring method this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter e RMB removable medium When this bit is 1 it indicates that the storage media of the disk drive can be replaced When this bit is 0 it indicates that the storage media is fixed However since the IDD has a fixed media this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter e SURF surface addressing When this bit is 1 it indicates that after logical data block address allocation is performed ov
211. has an intimate relationship with the specifications on Pages 3 and 4 If only the Block descriptor in this command is changed accessible data block count can be limited without formatting if Data block count value is within a Cylinder count value of page 4 Cylinder count value is not changed until the IDD is formatted If a value exceeding the data block count obtaining from the Cylinder count of page 4 is specified the Cylinder count on Page 4 is set to a realizable cylinder count which takes into account the Alternate track count drive and Alternate sector count zone components in Page 3 resulting from the value specified here no rounding processing report is made If this cylinder count exceeds the maximum cylinder count that can be use as the user space the Data block count is rounded to the maximum value that is realizable There is a rounding processing report in this case If zero is specified for the Data block count or when the block descriptor is not specified the IDD retains its current capacity if the block size or alternate sector count has not changed If the Data block count is set to zero and the Data block size or alternate sector count has changed the IDD shall set to its maximum capacity when new block size or alternate sector count to be effect Data block length This field specifies the byte length of a logical data block on the disk media The logical data block length and physical data block
212. have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 2 10 1 Self test result parameter data Page 10 Code 0001 0014 X 0001 X 0014 Parameter code Self Test Result Parameter X 10 Parameter Length E Self Test Code Eg Self Test Result Value E Self Test Segment Number Time Stamp Address of First Failure Ca poe ee e Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier X xx Vendor specific 4 56 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 11 SMART status page X 2F Fujitsu unique page X 00 Reserved Page Length MSB Page Length LSB This page contains parameters which allow the application client to check the predictive drive failure condition of the IDD The application client can check whether the IDD has predicted a drive failure by periodically reading out this page The Page Length field indicates the length byte length after byte 4 The SMART Status Parameter field is Fujitsu unique parameters The details of this field are outside the scope of this manual 4 2 12 SMART data page X 38 Fujitsu unique page es E Page Length MSB z Log Parameters Coo This page reports data which the IDD collects for predicting drive failures The Page Length field indicates the length byte length after byte 4 The Log Parameters field is Fujitsu unique parameters The details of this field are outside the s
213. he UnitOfl unit off line bit have no meaning and their specified values are disregarded The Parameter list length field in the CDB shows the length number of bytes of the parameter list that is transferred from the INIT when the SelfTest self test bit s specification is 0 When zero is specified in the Parameter list length field this command is terminated without anything being executed Also when the value specified in the Parameter list length field does not reach the specified length for the parameter list explained later and as a result not all the bytes in the parameter list can be received that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 Figure 3 18 shows the format of the parameter list called the parameter page transferred from the INIT to the IDD by this command The parameter page is configured from the 4 byte Page Header and the Page Parameters which follow it Furthermore the INIT can specify only a single parameter page by this command Even when multiple parameter pages have been specified by the INIT the IDD executes only the operation specified by the top parameter page Notes 1 When 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in this command the INIT can specify only a single parameter page 2 In order to avoid loss of security to the execution results response data of this command
214. he Buffer ID field The microcode or control information is written to the logical unit buffer starting at the location specified by the BUFFER Address field If the IDD is unable to accept the specified buffer address it shall return CHECK CONDITION status and it shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 C141 E167 3 105 Command Specifications 7 8 The Transfer Byte Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that shall be present in the Data Out Buffer to be stored in the specified buffer beginning at the buffer offset The INIT should attempt to ensure that the parameter list length plus the buffer offset does not exceed the capacity of the specified buffer The capacity of the buffer may be determined by the BUFFER CAPACITY field in the READ BUFFER descriptor If the BUFFER Address and Transfer Byte Length fields specify a transfer in excess of the buffer capacity the IDD shall return CHECK CONDITION status and shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 Mode 0 1 1 1 Microcode Download with offset with saving In this mode the INIT may split the transfer of the controller s microcode or control information over two or more WRITE BUFFER commands If the last WRITE BUFFER command of a set of one or more commands completes successfully the microcode or control informat
215. he IDD holds the MODE SELECT parameter individually for each INIT s SCSI ID so the specified parameter values can differ for each INIT See Section 3 1 5 for details of the MODE SELECT command Disconnect Reconnect Parameter Page code 2 Pett tt X OE Page Length Buffer Full Ratio Default Value X 00 Variable Range X 00 to X FF Buffer Empty Ratio Default Value X 00 Variable Range X 00 to X FF Other parameters a Figure 2 4 Parameters for controlling reconnection timing Buffer full ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start reconnection to perform data transfer to the INIT in a READ or READ EXTENDED command The value specified in this parameter n shows the amount of data read to the IDD s data buffer from the disk media as a proportion n 256 of the total capacity of the data buffer until reconnection processing with the SCSI bus is started Note If it is possible to transfer the amount of data specified in this parameter to the INIT from the data buffer reconnection processing is executed and transfer of data to the INIT begins However if the total amount of transfer data specified in the command does not fill the capacity of the cache segment the IDD executes reconnection processing and begins transferring data to the INIT when it becomes possible to transfer the amount of data blocks from the data buffer which is equivalent to the proporti
216. his command s defect descriptor list logical block addresses may not necessarily be the same as the contents of the G List read by the READ DEFECT DATA command after this command is terminated For details see the description of the READ DEFECT DATA command Section 3 3 3 Note Precautions for use of command If this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status the sense code sub sense code in the sense data is other than No defect spare location available 32 00 and a valid logical block address other than X FFFFFFFF is displayed in the Command inherent information field it is necessary for the INIT to reissue this command by the following procedure after executing recovery processing shown in Section 5 2 in accordance with the contents of the sense data C141 E167 3 87 Command Specifications 1 Delete the defect descriptors which precede the defect descriptor that specifies the logical block address displayed in the Command inherent information field of the sense data from the defect descriptor list specified in this command and leave that defect descriptor in the list Defect Descriptor List Eee Pe Cid block address that indicates the Command inherent elete information field of the sense data 2 Change the Defect List Length in the header and add the new Defect descriptor list corrected in 1 then reissue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command 3 3 3 READ
217. his command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Initiator s SCSI ID not identified 90 00 without being executed Also the values specified in bytes 2 to 4 of the CDB have no meaning and are disregarded but it is preferable that the INIT specify X 00 in these bytes Logical unit reserve function This command reserves the entire IDD logical unit for use as a special SCSI device The reserve state established by this command is maintained until any one of the following conditions occurs 1 The reserve condition is changed by the INIT that issued this command Superseding Reserve 2 Reserve is released by a RELEASE command from the INIT that issued this command 3 A TARGET RESET message from any INIT 4 A RESET condition 5 Switching the IDD s power off or on When an IDD is reserved for any SCSI device if this command is issued by an INIT that doesn t have the Reserve Right for that IDD this command is terminated with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status See item 3 concerning the Reserve Right After the Reserved status is established a command issued by an INIT other than the SCSI device that reserved the IDD is rejected except an INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE command and a RESERVATION CONFLICT status is reported to the INIT that issued that command The INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands are executed normally even when the IDD is reserved for use by another SCSI device Also a RELEASE comm
218. his list shows the full spelling of abbreviations used in this manual The model name of disk drives covered by this manual differs in its ending suffix Note 1 depending on its device type 3 types the electrical conditions of the SCSI interface used to connect the disk drive to the host system and its capacity and data format at the time it was shipped but in this manual except in cases where models need to be especially distinguished a representative model name Note 2 is used In addition these disk drives are called Intelligent Disk Drive IDD drive or device in this manual Index ii C141 E167 Preface CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL Note 1 Model Name M AP 3 367 NC Interface type NP Low voltage differential 16 bit SCSI Ultra 320 NC Low voltage differential 16 bit SCSI Ultra 320 SCA2 connector Formatted capacity 1 000 MB units for MAP3147 Formatted capacity 100 MB units for all the models except MAP3147 Disk size Type AS 1 inch height 15 000 rpm AP 1 inch height 10 025 rpm Note 2 Typical model name Type model name MAS3367 MAS3367NP MAS3367NC MAS3735 MAS3735NP MAS3735NC MAP3367 MAP3367NP MAP3367NC MAP3735 MAP3735NP MAP3735NC MAP3147 MAP3147NP MAP3147NC Warning Indications The following warning indications are shown in this manual to prevent the user and other nearby persons or property from being injured or damaged Note Note indicates the most effective me
219. his time the INIT can change the following data format attributes e The logical data block length e The number of logical data blocks or the number of cylinders in the User Space e The size of the spare area for alternate blocks C141 E167 6 3 Disk Media Management 1 2 Issuing the MODE SELECT command The MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is issued and the format attributes on the disk media are specified The necessary parameters at this time are as follows Block descriptor The logical data block size byte length is specified in the Data block length field Also when desiring to clearly specify the logical data block count specify that value in the Data block count field If not zero may be specified in the Data block count field In that case the number of logical data blocks after initialization will be determined by the values specified in the Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 Format parameters Page 3 Specify the number of spare sectors secured in each cylinder in the Alternate sector count zone field Itis desirable not to specify a value that is lower than the IDD s default value in this field Drive parameters Page 4 The number of cylinders in the User Space cannot be changed The number of cylinders necessary to secure the number of logical data blocks specified in the Data block count field in the block descriptor will be allocated to the use
220. ialization during installation eseeeseseeeseseseseeesssreerssesreesrsteerssterrsrestesrertsertentesreereseeereset 6 3 622 Re imitialization asen iena hie eh R Rei apn ae ed ee 6 5 6 3 Data Block Verification Methods Recommended ccccsscessseceesensececseecceeessseeeeneaeeeeseeeeenss 6 6 6 4 Alternate Block Allocation Processing ceccesceseesecseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeesecesecsecsaecsaecsaecaeeeseseaeeeaeearenes 6 7 Glossary ss adssasscuscassansscaesevcsooceseascassessseacoasseadeveseusesndesseeeasavundsesdbassedsdensossdvastasdaseseasesoesspabbelsvessessousste GL 1 ADDreviatiONns scssesesssrsessesessessssessessssessessesessessesessassssessessssessessesessessesesessesessessesessesesessesessessesessers AB 1 Dadir Sienne unen ER N RRA A R IN 1 C141 E167 xi Contents Illustrations Figures 1 1 6 Byte CDB Basic Format 35 8 svete esse iG tte teiess wiih Bik GAGS A oe E 1 1 1 2 10 Byte CDB Basic Format s scisciiceisieckesrekss duis en eino orenean o EO E OSEE EEE SIE O eSEE EEE ES 1 2 1 3 12 Byt CDB Basic Format oseiro reee ipis E roas i r ee EE EEEE o Ei ies 1 2 1 4 Status B enon n ells RAG a E E ea ati Bales 1 6 1 5 Data Space confisuratioi essegi es gees cases doses r eI E N See EEE EN ESSEE NREN S 1 31 2 1 Data buffer configuration in the case of 8 cache segments essssseessesesssrresssrrsrerrssrerresesrreresrees 2 2 2 2 Example of data buffer operation during read eee eeeeeecesecesecenece
221. icates the size byte length of the data from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB to the final byte position in the data buffer including that byte Also the length of the buffer data transferred to the INIT by this command is the value for the number of bytes in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB 4 bytes or the value indicated in the Effective buffer data length in the header whichever is smaller Mode 0 0 1 0 Data only with address specification The data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is only the data which the IDD reads from the data buffer The header is not transferred as it is in Mode 0 0 0 0 and Mode 0 0 0 1 In this mode address in the data buffer can be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of buffer data that can be received by the INIT The IDD reads the data in order beginning from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer address field and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of buffer data specified in the Transfer byte length field has been completed or transfer of the buffer data to the final byte position of the IDD s data buffer is completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated witho
222. ication is possible using the READ CAPACITY command User space logical block addresses The top data block in the user space is made logical data block address 0 then continuous logical data block addresses are allocated to each data block until the last data block in the user space The IDD makes cylinder 0 track 0 sector 0 the top logical data block and allocates subsequent logical data blocks in the order described below to addresses in ascending order 1 Within the same track logical data blocks are allocated to sector numbers in ascending order 2 Within the same head of the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the sectors in each track according to 1 in the ascending order of cylinder numbers 3 Within the next head of the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the sectors in each track according to 1 and 2 in the ascending order of track numbers 4 On the last track inside the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to sectors except for spare sectors according to 1 5 After all the allocation in 1 to 4 is completed within the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the next cell beginning with track 0 according to 1 to 3 and so on to each cell number in ascending order until the last cell in each zone refer to alternate cell b 1 in Figure 1 5 in the user space with the exception of alternate cells Alternate area The alternate
223. id if a previous this command specified a Background self test function and that function has not completed If either of these conditions is not true then the device server shall it respond by returning a CHECK CONDTION status The device server shall start its short self test routine in the foreground mode The device server shall start its extended self test routine in the foreground mode 3 4 2 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 1C X1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 loa Transfer Byte Length MSB Transfer Byte Length LSB ei 1 a o o o o m LUN 0 0 0 0 0 This command transfers data response data which show the results of executing the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command from the IDD to the INIT The format and content of response data are determined by the parameter list page code specified by the INIT in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The Transfer byte length field in the CDB shows the maximum number of bytes of response data that can be received by the INIT by this command The IDD transfers the number of bytes of data specified by this field or all the bytes of the effective response data whichever is smaller in length Also when zero is specified in this field this command is terminated without anything being transferred C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Notes Exercise caution in the following points when using this command 1 In order to avoid damage to the results of SEND DIAGNOSTIC command
224. ied the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 Also the PC page control field in CDB byte 2 specifies the type of parameter value in the Page descriptor transferred to the INIT by this command as shown in Table 3 1 Note Even in cases where the value specified in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is described in Table 3 1 as the value reported to the INIT by this command if parameter rounding processing is applied by the IDD or in cases of a parameter or bit with a specified value that is disregarded different values than those specified by the INIT will be reported For details see the descriptions of each page descriptor in Section 3 1 5 Also 0 is reported in byte positions and bit positions which are reserved in each page descriptor C141 E167 3 29 Command Specifications PC Table 3 1 MODE SENSE Data Type Specifications Type of Parameter Transferred to the INIT 00 Current Values Reports each Current parameter value The Current values are either of the following values e Values specified by a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command which is finally normally terminated e When a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is not executed after the power is switched on after a RESET condition or after a BUS DEVICE RESET message issued by any INIT is received the same values as Save values However if Save
225. ield and the meanings of bits in the sense data basic information are explained below 1 Valid When this bit is 1 it indicates that the values shown in the information field bytes 3 to 6 are valid On the other hand when this bit is 0 it indicates that the information field does not contain valid information 5 2 C141 E167 5 1 Sense Data 2 3 4 5 6 7 Error code This field shows the format and type of sense data The IDD always displays X 70 current error or X 71 deferred error which has the meaning expanded sense data format in this field ILI incorrect length indicator When this bit is 1 it indicates that the transfer byte length requested in the command did not coincide with the data block length on the disk media In the IDD the only commands that it reports 1 in this bit for are the READ LONG command and the WRITE LONG command For details refer to the descriptions of these commands Sections 3 4 5 and 3 4 6 Sense key This field shows the cause of the sense data being generated More details reasons are indicated in the sense code field Byte 12 and the sub sense code field Byte 13 Table 4 1 shows a list of the meanings of sense keys Information This field shows information related to the error that has been detected and is valid only when the Valid bit is 1 Depending on the command where the error occurred additional info
226. ies where send or receive the CRC bytes in the DT Data IN OUT transfer 1 Phase 0 Block After the all transfer is terminated or before the phase during data transfer changes other phase the CRC bytes are sent or recieved The CRC bytes are sent or recieved in each block boundary C141 E167 Command Specifications f g h Set at shipping time The IDD ignores this specification and operates with the settings specified at shipping ACE AIP checking enabled This specifies whether or not it is permitted to check AIP Asynchronous Information Protection 1 Permitted Permitting check 0 Prohibited Prohibiting check Set at shipping time The IDD ignores this specification and operates with the settings specified at shipping AGD AIP generation disabled This specifies whether or not it is permitted to generate AIP Asynchronous Information Protection 1 Prohibited Prohibited generation 0 Permitted Permitted generation Set at shipping time The IDD ignores this specification and operates with the settings specified at shipping RTD reselection timeout delay This specifies the reselection timeout delay time Bit 1 Reselection Time out Delay 0 og 250 ms 0 3 ms 1 og Reserved 1 Reserved Set at shipping time Spindle motor start delay time This specifies the time after power on until the motor starts The IDD s motor starts after value specified in this
227. ified in this command s CDB and the contents of information transferred to the application client from the IDD differ depending on the specifications in the CHANGE DEFINITION command Furthermore see Section 3 1 4 CHANGE DEFINITION 40 concerning the CHANGE DEFINITION command If bytes 1 the EVPD enable vital product data bits the CmdDt Command Support Data bits and byte 2 the Page code field in the CDB are enabled only in the case that transfer of the SCSI 2 SCSI 3 mode s INQUIRY data is specified In the case of the SCSI 1 CCS mode zero must be set in these bits and in this field And if both the EVPD and CmdDt bits are one this command is terminated by a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in CDB 24 00 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 2 3 4 5 EVPD Enable Vital Product Data a If the specification in this bits is zero the IDD transfers the standard INQUIRY data or the command supported data mentioned later to the application client b If the specification in this bits is one product information called VPD vital product data is transferred to the application client CmdDt Command Supported Data a If the specification in this bits is zero the IDD transfers the standard INQUIRY data mentioned later to the application client b Ifthe specification in this bits is one the IDD transfers the command supported data mentioned later to the
228. ified value in this bit disregards the specification in this bit RLEC Report Log Exception Condition not supported This bit controls operations in cases where the accumulated value log parameter reaches the maximum value 1 The IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status UNIT ATTENTION 6 Log counter at maximum 5B 02 0 The IDD executes the command which is issued next normally Since the IDD does not support the reporting function of exception condition the IDD disregards the specification in this bit Queue algorithm qualifier This parameter controls the execution order algorithm of a command issued together with a SIMPLE QUEUE TAG message When 0 is specified in this parameter the IDD may change the queued command execution order in order to achieve the best performance The commands that may be reordered are Read Read Extend Write Write Extend In case the commands whose specified LBAs are overlapped the order of the commands in question are kept to ensure the Data Integrity When 1 is specified in this parameter the IDD may change the queued command execution order in order to achieve the best performance The commands that may be reordered are Read Read Extend Write Write Extend C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Despite the commands whose specified LBAs are overlapped the IDD conducts reordering operation Therefore the INIT who specifies 1 in this field shall ensure Data Integrity
229. ignored ignored valid valid ignored REGISTER amp LU ignored ignored valid ignored IGNORE EXISTING Element ignored ignored valid valid 1 KEY RESERVE LU valid valid ignored ignored Element valid valid ignored valid 1 RELEASE LU valid valid ignored ignored Element valid valid ignored valid 1 CLEAR ignored ignored valid ignored ignored PREEMPT LU valid valid valid ignored Element valid valid valid valid 1 PREEMPT amp LU valid valid valid ignored ern Element valid valid valid valid 1 Note MA 3 series product does not support the Element scope 3 1 20 REPORT LUNS A0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 X A0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Allocation Length MSB 7 Allocation Length 8 Allocation Length 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link 3 60 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Header LUN List This command requests that the peripheral device logical unit inventory be sent to the application client This command normally operate under the reserve condition RESERVE or PERSISTENT RESERVE The Allocation Length should be at least 16 bytes If the Allocation Length is less than 16 bytes the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in CDB 24 00 If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire logical unit inventory the device server shall report as many l
230. in the remaining byte positions However when the address information specified in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command points to a position on the disk media which is not used as physical data blocks X FFFFFFFF 00000000 is reported as the logical block address after conversion WRITE BUFFER 3B Byte X 3B ee e Buffer ID 2 Buffer Address MSB ee ee gt fe fefe oe ole fm This command is used in combination with the READ BUFFER command to diagnose the normality of the IDD s data buffer memory or the SCSI bus or to download microcode to the IDD The IDD stores data transferred from the INIT in accordance with the specifications in this command s CDB to in the data buffer in the IDD The IDD have 7 680 K 7 864 320 byte data buffers This command using buffer addresses with a range of X 000000 to X 77FFFF must specify data storage positions in 1 byte units and with 4 byte units addresses The INIT can know the IDD s buffer configuration and the units which addresses can be specified in by issuing the READ BUFFER command The IDD does not support Buffer ID field and disregards any values to this field The functions of this command and the format of data transferred from the INIT are specified in the Mode field in byte 1 of the CDB and any of the transfer modes shown below can be selected 3 102 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Mode Bit 3 2 1 0 Transfer Mode 0 0 0
231. ing and correct the error in the system INIT programming Reissue the original command Retry If the command is terminated with the same error when retried perform recovery method 3 or 1 If the command is terminated with a different error when retried execute the recovery processing procedure for that error C141 E167 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Table 5 4 Error Recovery Processing Procedures 2 of 5 Recovery Recovery Processing Procedure Method After waiting about 1 second reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 1 Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 3 7 Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 1 8 If the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameter is 0 perform recovery method 0 If the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameter is 1 execute one of the following according to the content indicated by the sense data e If the Valid bit is 1 and if the address of the final data block in the data block group in the area specified in the command is indicated in the information field perform recovery method 0 e If the Valid bit is 0 or even if the Valid bit is 1 but the address of a data block which is not that of the final data group in the area specified in the command is indicated in the information field
232. ing byte of all CDBs shows the format and type of command to be executed a Group code The group code specifies the number of bytes and format of the CDB The groups of commands shown below are used in the IDD Group 0 000 6 byte CDB Shown in Figure 1 1 Group 1 001 10 byte CDB Shown in Figure 1 2 Group 2 010 10 byte CDB Shown in Figure 1 2 Group 3 011 Reserved Operation Code Shown in Section 1 7 3 Group 4 100 16 byte CDB Group 5 101 12 byte CDB Shown in Figure 1 3 b Command code Command code specifies the type of command in each group LUN Logical Unit Number This field specifies the address of the logical unit device connected under the TARG in cases where the IDENTIFY message is not used If the IDENTIFY message is used the value of the CDB s LUN field is ignored when the LUN is specified Note It is possible that the definition of this field may be changed in future SCSI standards It is recommended that the LUN be specified using the IDENTIFY message and that a zero be specified in this CDB field Logical block address This field shows the leading logical data block address of the data block on the disk media to be processed by the command In the group 0 CDB 21 bit block addressing is possible and in the group 1 group 2 and group 5 CDBs 32 bit block addressing is possible Specifications for logical data block addressing in the IDD are described in Section 1 8
233. ing the Register service action causes a reservation conflict Exclusive Reads Exclusive A read command executed by any initiator whose reservation Access key is not registered using the Register service action causes a Registrants reservation conflict Only Writes Exclusive A write command executed by any initiator whose reservation key is not registered using the Register service action causes a reservation conflict C141 E167 3 55 Command Specifications 3 1 19 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT 5E Byte Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 X SE 1 0 0 0 Service Action Scope Type O S gt S Se S S e E am E ae E e S OD gt S Se S S gt SNS S MSB Parameter List Length 18h LSB Control The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command reserves a logical unit for exclusive or shared use by a particular initiator This command is used in combination with the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command However this command is not associated with the RESERVE or RELEASE command The persistent reservation conflicts with the reservation requirements specified by the RESERVE command RESERVATION CONFLICT The initiator defines the reservation key The reservation key identifies the initiator that executes a service action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The initiator can verify which initiators have caused conflicts with the reservation re
234. inued Overview of Manual C141 E167 This manual consists of the following six chapters glossary abbreviation and index Chapter 1 Command Processing This chapter describes the basic logical specifications related to SCSI command processing in the disk drives Chapter 2 Data Buffer Management This chapter describes the data buffer configuration provided in the disk drives and concerning data transfer processing functions and cache operation Chapter 3 Command Specifications This chapter describes specifications of SCSI commands provided by the disk drives and how to use them Chapter 4 Parameter Data Formats This chapter describes the parameter data formats provided by the disk drives and how to use them Chapter 5 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods This chapter describes the configuration and contents of sense data which report to the host system when an error occurs etc key information necessary for error recovery recommended procedures for error recovery to be executed through host system software and retry processing executed internally in the disk drives for recovery Chapter 6 Disk Media Management This chapter describes the procedure for initializing the disk media methods of treating media defects and data recovery methods for the disk drives Preface Glossary The glossary explains technical terms which are necessary to the reader s understanding when reading this manual List of Abbreviations T
235. ion 3 41 RELEASE EXTENDED 3 42 removable medium 4 17 report check 4 30 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER 3 62 report log exception condition 4 29 REPORT LUNS 3 60 REQUEST SENSE 1 17 3 42 command 1 21 reselection retry 3 17 reselection timeout delay 3 18 RESERVATION CONFLICT status 1 8 5 13 RESERVE 3 37 reserved by Fujitsu 4 37 reserved operation code 1 24 RESERVE EXTENDED 3 40 reserve right and third party reserve function 3 38 3 39 reset processing 1 27 during write 1 28 response and release condition at sense data hold state 1 22 at UNIT ATTENTOION condition hold state 1 20 response data configuration 3 99 format field 3 5 response to link specification command 1 10 REZERO UNIT 3 35 RFJ 4 37 RLEC 4 29 RMB 4 17 bit 3 5 rotational position locking 4 19 rotational speed 4 19 rotational synchronization offset 4 19 rounded parameter report 4 37 RPL 4 19 RPR 4 37 RSRTY 3 17 RTD 3 18 S SCSI 2 mode 3 7 SCSI 3 mode 3 6 SDTR 3 17 Index sector count track 4 15 sector slip processing 6 2 SEEK 3 71 seek error 5 22 SEEK EXTENDED 3 71 self diagnosis test 3 92 self diagnostic error 1 29 self test result page 4 56 parameter data 4 56 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 3 92 command 3 95 parameter 3 96 sense and subsense code 5 6 to 5 10 sense code 5 4 sense command 3 1 sense data 5 1 additional information 5 10 analysis and error recovery method 5 14 basic information 5 2 error classification 5 14 to 5 17 err
236. ion shall be saved in a non volatile memory space Since the downloaded microcode or control information may be sent using several commands when the IDD detects the last download microcode with offsets and save mode WRITE BUFFER command has been received the IDD shall perform the verification of the complete set of downloaded microcode or control information prior to returning GOOD status for the last command After the last command completes successfully the IDD generates a unit attention condition for all INITs except the one that issued the set of WRITE BUFFER commands When reporting the unit attention condition the IDD sets the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED The microcode or control information is written to the logical unit buffer starting at the location specified by the BUFFER Address field If the IDD is unable to accept the specified buffer offset it shall return CHECK CONDITION status and it shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 Mode 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer In this mode the IDD transfers data from the INIT and stores it in the echo buffer The BUFFER ID and BUFFER OFFSET fields are ignored in this mode 3 106 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 4 4 READ BUFFER 3C X 00 Buffer ID a al Buffer Offer MSE S e S T E gt e jm This command is used in combination with the WRITE
237. ional Error Recovery Parameter 4 Notes 1 The MODE SELECT parameter is ordinarily different in its configuration depending on the input output device and the type of controller It is also possible that current definitions may be expanded in accordance with the expansion of the functions of the IDD in the future In order to assure independence of software from the individual specifications of input output devices before the INIT issues this command it should follow the procedure of using the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED command to determine the types of parameters the TARG is actually equipped with and the attributes of those parameters such as whether or not they can be changed C141 E167 3 25 Command Specifications 2 After changing anything in the Block descriptor Format parameters Page 3 or Drive parameters Page 4 with the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command it is impossible to execute a command to access the data on the disk media until execution of the FORMAT UNIT command is completed and a CHECK CONDITION status MEDIUM ERROR 3 Medium format corrupted 31 00 is reported for all such commands The configuration and functions of the Page descriptors supported by the IDD are described in Section 4 1 Note In the diagram that shows the configuration of each individual Page Descriptor the default column shows that parameter s default value and the variable column shows whether o
238. iple command processing using idle time on the SCSI bus can be improved After IDD power on after generating a RESET condition on the SCSI bus or after one of the INITs issues a TARGET RESET message the data transfer mode default mode of the IDD is the asynchronous mode To use wide mode data transfer the INIT must exchange a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message or PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message with the IDD and determine the SCSI bus width To use the synchronous mode data transfer the INIT must exchange the SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message or PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message and determine parameters necessary for executing the synchronous mode transfer When exchange of the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message or PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message is completed if the synchronous mode has been established between the INIT and IDD previously note that the asynchronous mode is set The INIT which uses wide mode data transfer normally sends the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST or PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message to the IDD following the IDENTIFY message after the initial SELECTION phase and requests the TARG IDD to set the SCSI bus width in the wide mode Also if synchronous mode data transfer is used after establishing the SCSI bus width the INIT exchanges the SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message or PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message and requests the TARG IDD to set the synchronous data transfer mode The data transfer mode set
239. is illegal ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical unit not supported 25 00 3 Ifan illegal LUN is specified for a command other than the INQUIRY command or REQUEST SENSE command that command is terminated abnormally with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense data generated at this time indicate that the LUN specification is illegal ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical unit not supported 25 00 Reserved operation code Group 7 command operation codes X EO to X FF are reserved by Fujitsu When any command is issued which includes these operation codes the IDD does not always respond with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid command operation code 20 00 The INIT should not issue commands which contain these operation codes Command processing in the not ready state After the IDD s power is switched on the initial self diagnosis is completed normally and the spindle motor reaches the normal rotational speed system information which includes such information as MODE SELECT parameters and disk media defect information is read from the system space on the disk drive and each type of control information is initialized When this operation is completed the IDD is in a state where it can be used ready state Furthermore the not ready state is defined as the IDD being in either of the following states e When the spindle motor has not reached the normal rotational speed C141 E167 1 7 Command Processing Ex
240. is possible for the INIT to vary this parameter within a range of 0 to the maximum permissible value When a value which exceeds the maximum permissible value is specified the IDD performs rounding down of the parameter and sets a value equal to this parameter s maximum permissible value If the above rounding processing is performed a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 is reported for that command Alternate track count zone This parameter specifies the area secured for alternate blocks as the number of tracks per one cell It is impossible to change this parameter When a value other than zero is specified in this field the IDD performs rounding down processing of this parameter and always sets this parameter value at zero Alternate track count drive This parameter specifies the area secured for alternate blocks as the number of tracks per disk drive In the IDD this parameter indicates the number of tracks in the spare area secured as alternate cells This value is fixed at a value that equals the number of tracks per cylinder multiplied by the number of zones in the IDD This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT Parameters specifying track format bytes 10 11 Sector count track This parameter specifies the number of physical sectors per track In the IDD the number of physical sectors in a track is set unilaterally according to the data format specified by the Data Block Length paramet
241. issuing this command and restoring of data after executing this command are the responsibility of the INIT 1 Verify data blocks in accordance with the procedure in Section 6 3 for data blocks where error occur When such a data block is judged to be normal alternate block allocation need not be implemented In this case rewrite the original data to that data block if necessary When the data block is judged to be defective implement the processing in item 2 and after 2 Specify a logical block address for a data block which is judged to be defective and issue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command 3 If the REASSIGN BLOCKS command is terminated normally verify that logical data block according to the procedure in Section 6 3 If that data block is judged to be correct allocate an alternate block and terminate processing When the data block is judged to be defective return to 2 and issue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command again then try reallocating another alternate block for that logical data block C141 E167 6 7 Disk Media Management The alternate block allocation history defect position information is registered as an addition to the defect list G List Therefore when reinitializing the hard disk with the FORMAT UNIT command see Section 6 2 2 if use of the G List is specified defect processing can be performed which reflects the operation results up to that time Also since Alternate sector processing is applied in alternate blo
242. ith a BUSY status Through the QUEUE TAG message the INIT can attach a unique tag ID to each command The INIT can set that command s pointer correctly by the tag sent when the IDD reconnects One INIT can issue multiple commands to the IDD only when the respective commands have unique tags If an ORDERED message is used the IDD executes the other commands not included in the ORDERED message in the order in which they are received All commands received with a SIMPLE message before commands are received with an ORDERED message are executed before those commands received with the ORDERED message All commands with SIMPLE messages received after commands received with the ORDERED message are executed after the commands received with the ORDERED message Commands received with a HEAD OF QUEUE message are registered at the top of the queue for waiting execution The IDD does not interrupt the current command execution and executes them after completion of current command execution When commands with the HEAD OF QUEUE message are received continuously the IDD first executes the command which was received last During the IDD executes or queues a tagged command the same INIT must issue untagged commands except when the IDD is in the sense hold state The IDD handles a series of linked commands as if it were processing a single command and processes the series of commands by the tag received with the first command A command with a HEAD OF QUEUE
243. itself The IDD disregards 1 in this field and operates as if 0 were specified When F is specified in this parameter the IDD prohibits to order queued commands When other value is specified in this parameter the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in List 26 00 e QErr queue error management This field controls processing of commands queued after a sense hold state is canceled when the IDD is in the sense hold state Value Description 00b The IDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared continues executing the commands which are queued by normal methods Olb The IDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared clears the commands which are queued At this time the IDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 Command Cleared by Another Initiator 2F 00 for each of the INITs that issued the commands which were cleared 10b Reserved 11b The IDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared clears the commands which are queued by abnormal terminated INIT The IDD is not supported 11b specified in this field If 11b or 10b is specified in this field the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in list 26 00 f DQue disable queuing This bit
244. k is located in multiple physical sectors n address information items are reported as the address conversion results In the current IDD specifications multiple address information items are not reported in this response data but the Page parameter length always shows X OO0A However considering expanded specifications in the future the INIT should make it possible to correspond to variable lengths for the Page parameter length The Address Format Before Conversion field in byte 4 and the Address Format After Conversion field in byte 5 are the same values as the codes which show the expression format for address information specified by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameters The Address Format After Conversion field shows the expression format of the address information reported in bytes 6 to 13 of this response data Address format codes are as shown below Code Address Format 000 Logical Block Address Format 100 Byte Distance from the Index Format 10 1 Physical Sector Address Format C141 E167 3 101 Command Specifications 3 4 3 The description of address information shown in bytes 6 to 13 is the same as the description specifications in the D List transferred from the INIT by the FORMAT UNIT command For details see the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 3 3 1 Furthermore When the logical block format is used the address is shown in bytes 6 to 9 and zero is reported
245. lags are the same as for the read write error recovery parameters See item 1 concerning the details 4 20 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Number of retries during VERIFY This parameter specifies the number of times reading of the disk media should be retried when a Data Check type error is detected in a read operation the number of retries specified by this parameter is the maximum number of times reading of each individual data area in each logical data block is retried The IDD retries reading the data area in each data block the specified number of times When zero is specified in this field retrying to read data from the disk is prohibited When X 06 is specified as the page length on Page 1 the IDD applies the value specified in the Number of retries during READ field on Page 1 to this field also Correctable bit length This parameter indicates the burst error length bit length that can be applied for data corrections according to the ECC This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT However the IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operations according to the Default value Recovery time limit This parameter specifies the maximum time the TARG can used for error recovery processing as a lms constant The value specified in this parameter is the maximum permissible error recovery processing time for an individual command When both this parameter and the Number of retries during VERIFY para
246. lds the reservation requirements with the reservation key If Scope is the Element reservation the Scope specific Address field indicates an element address where zeros are filled in the upper bytes If the Scope is a logical unit reservation the Scope specific Address field shall be set to zero Note MA 3 series product does not support the Element reservation 3 1 18 3 1 Persistent reservation scope The value in the Scope field indicates that either a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit or it applies part of the logical unit element Scope field values are defined below C141 E167 3 53 Command Specifications Code Description Oh Logical Unit Persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit lh Reserved Reserved 2h Element Persistent reservation applies to the specified element not supported 3h Fh Reserved Reserved 3 1 18 3 1 1 Logical Unit scope The Scope field value of the Logical Unit indicates that persistent reservations apply to the entire Logical Unit All of the drives supporting PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT are required to support the scope of the Logical Unit 3 1 18 3 1 2 Element scope not supported by MA 3 series product The Scope field value of the logical unit indicates that persistent reservations apply to the element of the logical unit defined in the Scope specific Address field on the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list An element is defined
247. le 0 Remark The variable column indicates whether the parameter can be changed or not if 1 the parameter can be changed Figure 2 5 Cache control parameters C141 E167 2 9 Data Buffer Management 2 2 3 Look Ahead operation Look Ahead volume 1 2 3 4 5 Excluding the conditions in 3 and 4 for the amount of data specified as the minimum pre fetch volume data are read for look ahead irrespective of track boundaries or cylinder boundaries Commands which are already in the queue or commands which are newly received while a look ahead operation is in progress are executed after the look ahead operation is completed However if the new command is a READ or READ EXTENDED command and it is a command in which the first specified logical data block is a sequential access data block the command is executed without the look ahead operation being halted When a newly received command is a command which is not the object of caching that command is executed immediately in parallel with a look ahead operation Also in the case of a command which disables all data which are objects of caching see Section 2 2 1 3 the look ahead operation is halted and that command is executed immediately When commands exist in the queue the look ahead operation is halted at the point when reading of the specified amount of data at the minimum pre fetch volume is completed then execution of the new command starts
248. length of data transferred from the INIT to the IDD is undefined Also all the data transferred to the IDD will not necessarily be actually written to the disk media However if the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key of the sense data indicates ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 the data from that command is not written to the disk media by a write operation WRITE EXTENDED 2A X 2A Logical Block Address MSB Le E E E U Coe o o 0 0 o 0 eo fefepto o 0 o o m This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 WRITE command Section 3 2 3 with the exception that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses and 2 byte transfer block counts However when zero is specified for the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without pre fetch being performed e FUA force unit access When this bit is 0 it indicates that the IDD satisfy the command by accessing the cache memory For write operations logical blocks may be transferred directly to the cache memory GOOD status may be returned to the INIT prior to writing the logical blocks to the medium Any error that occurs
249. letion wait time out This error is a state where the completed status for a command is not reported within the time expected by the INIT that issued the command One cause of this error occurring besides a malfunction of the IDD is that the command was cleared by some method which the INIT that issued the command cannot clearly detect such as a TARGET RESET message or the command was cleared when an unrecoverable error was detected in reconnection processing executed by the IDD etc When this error occurs the INIT should gather sense data by issuing the REQUEST SENSE command then judge which recovery method to use based on the contents of the sense data see Section 5 2 2 Not only does command execution time differ widely depending on the type and specified contents of the command but since it has an influence on the following factors it is necessary to give adequate consideration to these points when setting the monitoring time value at the INIT e Since the command stack feature exists see Section 1 4 even if the IDD accepts a command normally if a command issued by another INIT is being executed or if there are other commands in the stack execution of the command is caused to wait until all the other commands have been processed The execution wait time is dependent upon the type of command issued by the other INITs and the contents of its specifications e If the IDD has executed error recovery processing retried for an error
250. link processing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The INIT sets the initial values for the command in the command pointer data pointer and status pointer Obtaining the SCSI bus usage selection of the TARG and specification of the LUN by the IDENTIFY message are the same as in the case of single command The TARG receives commands from the INIT in the COMMAND phase but 1 is specified in the Link bit of the control byte of the CDB The TARG analyzes the command and executes the requested processing If processing of the command is completed normally the TARG reports the INTERMEDIATE status in the STATUS phase to the INIT At this time the command link function becomes effective The TARG informs the INIT of the LINKED TASK COMPLETE or the LINKED TASK COMPLETE WITH FLAG message depending on the value of the Flag bit in the control byte of the CDB When the INIT has received the LINKED TASK COMPLETE WITH FLAG message the command data and status pointers are updated to the initial values for the next linked command The TARG enters the COMMAND phase immediately after the MESSAGE IN phase and receives the command to be executed next After that it performs either single command Link bit 0 processing or command link Link bit 1 processing The command link continues until a command with 0 specified in the Link bit of its CDB is issued or until a command terminates abnormally The command link
251. logical data blocks can be read from normally after initialization is completed Any defective data blocks detected in this verify operation are registered as a C List and alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks 1 Indicates that data block verify operations are prohibited after initialization of the disk media e STPF stop format Default value 1 When the defect list P List or G List necessary for executing the defect processing specified in this command cannot be read from the disk media this bit indicates whether to continue 0 is specified or terminate 1 is specified command processing but in the IDD this bit s specification is disabled and the specified value is disregarded When the necessary defect list cannot be read this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense data at this time indicate MEDIUM ERROR 3 Primary defect list not found 1C 01 or MEDIUM ERROR 3 Defect list error in primary list 19 02 if the P List cannot be read and MEDIUM ERROR 3 Grown defect list not found 1C 02 or MEDIUM ERROR 3 Defect list error in grown list 19 03 if the G List cannot be read C141 E167 Command Specifications Immed Immediate 1 If 1 is specified in the Immed immediate bit at the point when the CDB s legality is confirmed or at the point when transfer of the defect list is completed a GOOD st
252. m 1 in following Note during executing or queuing command already If this is not the case the received command is executed immediately e If the IDD is reserved If the IDD has been reserved by an INIT using the RESERVE command and receives a TEST UNIT READY command after that when that command conflicts with the reserved state it responds with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status Commands after that are queued and the reserved state is checked when a command is fetched from the queue Conflicts with the reserved state are explained in the description of the RESERVE command Section 3 1 11 Note Through the operation of the command queuing function except for exceptions described on this page the IDD does not respond to commands issued by the INIT with a BUSY status This function is applied under the multi initiator environment and overhead for re issuing commands caused by the BUSY status is unnecessary Normally the INIT does not have to be aware of the existence of a queuing function but it is necessary to exercise caution in the following items when controlling input output processing 1 When a command is queued the time from the queuing of the command to its actual execution will vary depending on the commands already in the queue or on the content of the processing currently being executed Particularly in cases where the FORMAT UNIT command and START STOP UNIT command Immed 0 and data access commands which specify large proce
253. mand For example TARG INIT 1 supports the COPY command uses the COPY command and in the case that a data transfer between TARG 0 and TARG INIT 1 is executed if the third party reserve in 2 is executed before INIT A issues a COPY command to TARG INIT 1 access to TARG 0 by INIT B during execution of the COPY command can be prohibited 3 1 12 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 This command controls exclusive access to a logical unit IDD under a multi initiator environment together with the RELEASE and RELEASE EXTENDED commands The IDD is reserved by the INIT that issued this command or for another SCSI device specified in the CDB The functions of this command are the same as for the Group 0 RESERVE command Section 3 1 11 except that it is possible to specify the third party reserve function to SCSI devices with SCSI IDs 15 to 8 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 3 1 13 RELEASE 17 1 2 ee x 17 SOC NH This command releases the reserve state of an IDD in relation to the INIT that issued this command When a reserve state in relation to the INIT that issues this command or an IDD in the type of reserve state which is the release object specified in the CDB of this command does not exist or even when the IDD is reserved by another SCSI device this command is terminated normally with a GOOD status but it is no influence on the IDD s reserve state The INIT that issues this command must notify its o
254. mand When the setting terminal is being set to perform motor starting control by command the IDD s spindle motor will not start even when the power is switched on In this case it is necessary for the INIT to issue a command to start the spindle motor See the description of the motor starting mode in Section 5 3 2 of the Product Manual concerning the setting terminal Note The setting terminal specifies only the spindle motor starting method at power on time and whichever mode is set this command is valid The INIT can issue this command whenever it is desired and stop or start the spindle motor regardless of the state of the setting terminal C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Depending on the value specified in the Immed immediate bit bit 0 of CDB byte 1 the timing of completion status byte report of this command differs as shown below a In the case of the start specification Start bit 1 When the Immed bit is 1 simply by instructing starting of the spindle motor a GOOD status is reported without waiting until the disk drive is in the Ready state and command execution is completed When the Immed bit is 0 the status byte is reported and command execution is completed at the point when the disk drive has entered the Ready state after the spindle motor has started b In the case of the stop specification Start bit 0 Notes When the Immed bit is 1 simply by instructing st
255. mands cleared by another INIT 2F 00 is set Deferred errors are reported for all commands that have already been completed Therefore the queue tag values attached to those commands are not reported If a QUEUE TAG message is received by the IDD when tagged commands are prohibited by the DQue bit of the control mode page the IDD rejects the message with the MESSAGE REJECT message processes the accompanying command as an untagged command The ABORT TASK SET ABORT TASK TARGET RESET or CLEAR TASK SET message is used to clear some or all of the commands in the queue See SCSI Physical Interface Specifications for details If 0001 is specified in the Queue algorithm modifier of the control mode page the IDD performs command reordering processing of commands issued with a SIMPLE message Reordering processing is performed with the objective of reducing total processing time for command processing e Conditions for Reordering If a command which is the object of reordering is issued by an INIT that permits reordering with an accompanying SIMPLE message e Commands which are Objects of Reordering READ READ EXTENDED WRITE WRITE EXTENDED If an INIT permits command reordering processing the IDD changes the processing order of the commands It is necessary for the INIT to manage concerning the legality of the data etc Section 4 1 7 Control mode parameters page code 0A for details of the control mode page UNIT
256. mat of this VPD information is shown in Figure 3 5 ie CR EEE ES ES Qualifier Device Type Code Zz X CO Page Code a X 04 Page Length E puscrc aco ace o o o me X xx Spindle Motor Start Delay Timing X 00 Reserved Figure 3 5 VPD information operation mode The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X C0 of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X 04 Total data length 8 bytes Byte 4 and subsequent bytes list all the VPD information page modes currently set in the IDD This operation mode setting is performed by the CHANGE DEFINITION command described in Section 3 1 4 and Section 3 1 4 shows concerning a detailed definition of each bit C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands 3 1 3 READ CAPACITY 25 2 Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address a Logical Block Address pa Logical Block Address LSB This command transfers information related to the disk drive s capacity and the data block size to the INIT When bit 0 PMI partial medium indicator of CDB byte
257. mat specified in the Defect List Format field of the CDB The configurations which it is possible to specify for the Defect descriptors in the defect list D List and their description formats are shown below Furthermore it is possible only to specify User Space address information on the disk media in the Defect list D List Byte distance from the index format defect descriptor Figure 3 14 shows this description format of the defect descriptor Defect descriptor in this format specifies the cylinder number head track number and byte distance to the top byte of those data 8 bytes of the data which includes defective bits on the disk media One defect is treated as a defect with a length of 8 bytes 64 bits length Therefore for defects with a length which exceeds 8 bytes 2 or more defect descriptors must be specified When multiple defect descriptors are specified the cylinder number must be specified in the top position the byte distance from the index in the bottom position and the defect positions listed in ascending order C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands Note In order to specify an entire track as defective X FFFFFFFF must be specified as the byte distance from the index to the defect position Ce Figure 3 14 Defect descriptor Byte distance from index format e Physical sector address format defect descriptor Figure 3 15 shows this description format of the defect descriptor A defec
258. meter except in the following special cases Special cases of MODE SELECT parameters during a self diagnosis test are as shown below e The AWRE ARRE and TB flags are not applied e The PER and DTE flags are as shown in Table 3 6 Table 3 6 Error recovery control flags during the self diagnosis test PER DTE Diagnostic test operation 0 The diagnostic test continues when error recovery is successful The contents of recovered errors are not reported When an error which cannot be recovered from is detected the diagnostic test terminates at that point with an error Setting prohibited The diagnostic test continues when error recovery is successful When an error which cannot be recovered from is detected the diagnostic test terminates at that point with an error Even when all the detected errors have been recovered a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after the series of diagnostic tests is completed and the sense data show the contents of the last error to be successfully recovered from When error recovery is successful or even when error recovery is impossible the diagnostic test is terminated with an error at the point when the permitted error recovery processing is completed and a CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense data show the contents of the detected error C141 E167 3 93 Command Specifications 2 Note When 1 is specified in the SelfTest
259. meter Data Formats PER post error 1 When several errors errors related to the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected a CHECK CONDITION status is reported when execution of that command is completed In the sense data generated at this time the sense key indicates RECOVERED ERROR 1 and the content of the first error to be corrected successfully is reported 0 Even when several errors errors related to the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected that command is completed with a GOOD status and the contents of the recovered errors are not reported DTE disable transfer on error 1 Even when several errors on the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected execution of that command terminates at that point 0 When several errors on the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected execution of that command is continued The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 DCR disable correction 1 Even when a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is prohibited However On the fly correction processing is not prohibited 0 When a correctable data check has bee
260. meter are specified priority must be given to whichever parameter specifies the shortest time in its application The reported value in this field is a copy of the Recovery time limit in Page 1 The IDD disregards the value specified in this field 4 1 6 Caching parameters page code 8 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 6 C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats pee en X OA or X 12 Page Length FP e ea ea a e ae EA Write Retention Priority S Fera ea E 0 16 Figure 4 6 MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters The parameters defined in this page descriptor control the range of look ahead data in the Look Ahead cache feature and enable or disable the caching operation See Section 2 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature and Section 2 3 Write Cache concerning details of the Look Ahead cache feature and parameter setting methods 4 22 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters RCD read cache disable This bit can be specified and its operation is as specified This bit specifies whether or not to activate the cache operation for a read command 1 Prohibits operation of the Look Ahead cache function The IDD reads ahead all of the data requested by the READ command or READ EXTENDED command from the disk and transfers it to the INIT Moreover it does not read ahead data blocks after the requested data 0 Specifies operation of the Look Ahead cache function
261. minated with a CHECK CONDITION status when the SCSI bus enters the BUS FREE phase unintentionally during execution of a command or when the INIT detects that there is no reconnection request from the IDD the INIT should issue this command and fetch the sense data Note See Section 1 6 Sense Data Hold State concerning details of the sense data hold state and see Section 5 1 Sense Data concerning the format of sense data transferred by this command from the IDD to the INIT and its contents If this command is issued while the IDD is holding the UNIT ATTENTION condition if the IDD is not in the sense data hold state at that point sense data indicating the UNIT ATTENTION condition are sent to the INIT by this command and the UNIT ATTENTION condition is cleared For details see Section 1 5 UNIT ATTENTION Condition If this command is issued when valid sense data are not being held the IDD sends the sense key NO SENSE 0 with sense data showing the message No additional sense information 00 00 to the INIT This command is terminated abnormally with a CHECK CONDITION status reported only when the conditions shown below are detected In this case new sense data are generated and the sense data which had been held up to that point are lost e An error in a specification other than the LUN field of the CDB C141 E167 3 43 Command Specifications e Sense data cannot be sent due to a hardware error in the IDD e Anu
262. mmand See Chapter 2 Data Buffer Management concerning details of data buffer operation and the Look Ahead cache feature C141 E167 3 65 Command Specifications 3 2 2 READ EXTENDED 28 Byte ae ee Logical Block Address MSB T T Logical Block Address S Oo o ee o a a E coms C foe ee oe ele fm This command reads the number of blocks of data in continuous logical data blocks specified in the Transfer block count field with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 READ command Section 3 2 1 with the exception that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses and 2 byte transfer block counts However when zero is specified for the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without seek and pre fetch being performed e FUA force unit access When this bit is 0 it indicates that the IDD satisfy the command by accessing the cache memory Any logical blocks that are contained in the cache memory may be transferred to the INIT directly from the cache memory When this bit is 1 it indicated that the IDD shall access the media in performing the command prior to returning GOOD status READ commands shall access the specified logical blocks from the media i e the data is not directly retrieved from the cache 3 66 C141 E167 3 2 D
263. n 1 3 3 the disconnect processing may be executed after the COMMAND phase is terminated In this case reconnect processing is executed afterward and the status CHECK CONDITION is reported Note If a CDB with an undefined group code group 3 4 is specified the IDD requests transfer of 10 bytes in the COMMAND phase After that has been received the status CHECK CONDITION is reported C141 E167 1 5 Command Processing 1 2 Status Byte Figure 1 4 shows status byte format and the type of status that the IDD supports The status byte is one byte of information sent from the TARG to the INIT in the STATUS phase when one command is completed and notifies the INIT of the results of the command s execution The status byte is also sent even in cases when the TARG is in a state which it makes it impossible for it to execute the command when it receives a request for an input output operation However if the command is cleared by switching to the BUS FREE phase forcibly through an ABORT TASK SET message an ABORT TASK message a CLEAR TASK SET message a TARGET RESET message a RESET condition or a SCSI bus error state etc the status byte for that command is not reported After the TARG reports the status byte in the STATUS phase it will always send a TASK COMPLETE message or a LINKED TASK COMPLETE WITH FLAG message to notify the INIT of the validity of the status byte Per p T ee TARS Figure 1 4 Status by
264. n and failure of serial addresses detected during verification of the ID area to match are included in this error When a seek error occurs the IDD first executes rezero seek then tries repositioning at the target cylinder and restarts the original processing If the error is not recovered from retry processing rezero seek and repositioning is performed up to the number of times specified in Number of Retries during Seek Error in the MODE SELECT parameters If the error cannot be recovered from even when retry processing is executed the specified number of times the IDD terminates the command which is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is HARDWARE ERROR 4 and the sense code indicates Mechanical positioning error 15 01 or Positioning error detected by read of medium 15 02 Read error in uncorrectable data This error is a failure to detect the Sync Byte pattern during reading of data or an ECC error for which correction processing is impossible If this error is detected the IDD after waiting one revolution of the disk media tries reading again When the error is not recovered from reading is retried repeatedly the number of times specified in the MODE SELECT parameter Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write In cases where correction is possible during execution of retry processing the processing procedure is according to Corr
265. n detected data correction according to the ECC is applied The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 Number of retries during read This parameter specifies the number of retries that should be executed for Data Check type errors detected in read operations on the disk media The number of retries specified in this parameter is the maximum number of times reading is retried for each individual portion of data in each logical data block If the IDD cannot perform correction of the data On the fly for each portion of data in the data block it retries the reading of those portions The reread retry is executed the number of times specified by the drive parameter internally by the IDD before this retry is executed so actually the retry is executed the number specified here plus the number of internal retries The value specified in this parameter is applicable to the READ READ EXTENDED commands and the read test in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command When the page length in Page 1 is specified as X 06 the value specified in this field is copied to the Number of retries during WRITE on this page and Number of retries during VERIFY on Page 7 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters Correctable bit length This parameter indicates the burst error length bit length which it is possible to apply data correction according to the ECC to It is impossible to change this parameter from the INIT The IDD disregar
266. n of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Section 3 3 2 concerning details of the information shown in this field C141 E167 5 3 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods 8 9 a Sense code sub sense code The codes which indicate the reason for the error displayed by the sense key in detail are reported in these fields The INIT can decide procedures for error recovery according to the sense key and these fields The sense code and sub sense code are defined in Table 5 2 SKSV sense key specific valid sense key inherent information When the sense key indicates one of RECOVERED ERROR 1 MEDIUM ERROR 3 or HARDWARE ERROR 4 and the SKSV bit indicates 1 indicates the number of times the IDD has attempted to recover from the detected error as shown in Figure 5 2 a When the sense key indicates NOT READY 2 and the SKSV bit indicates 1 indicates the progressing rate of the formatting operation by the FORMAT UNIT command with n 65536 as shown in Figure 5 2 b or the progressing rate of the drive self test operation by the SEND DIAGNOSTICS command Self Test 0 Po ERE AES RESET ee ee a a ee a ee eee a Progressing rate of formatting or Progressing rate of Self Test operation Figure 5 2 Sense key inherent information C141 E167 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 1 Sense key ci NO SENSE The specific sense key does not exist RECOVERED 1 Indicates tha
267. n the CHANGE DEFINITION command the IDD transfers the number of bytes of sense data specified in the Transfer byte length field or the number of bytes in the sense data held by the IDD 48 bytes whichever is smaller to the INIT When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated with nothing transferred but in this cases also the sense data held by the IDD are cleared e If SCSI 1 CCS Mode is specified in the CHANGE DEFINITION command when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field the IDD transfers to the INIT only 4 bytes of sense data from the top When a value other than zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field the IDD transfers to the INIT the number of bytes of sense data specified in the Transfer byte length field or the length of sense data held by the IDD 48 bytes whichever is smaller As described in Section 1 6 Sense Data Hold State if the IDD terminates a command which it is currently executing abnormally it generates sense data for the INIT that issued that command and maintains those sense data in the hold state Sense data are held in a valid state until they are read by a REQUEST SENSE command from the INIT for which they are held However sense data which are being held are cleared by an ABORT TASK SET message from the INIT for which they are held a TARGET RESET message or CLEAR TASK SET message from any INIT or a RESET condition If a command is ter
268. n zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data transfer being executed Mode 0 0 1 0 Data only with address specification In this mode data transfer from the INIT includes buffer data only without the 4 byte header being added The top address of the data buffer where the data transferred from the INIT are to be stored can be specified in the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred by the INIT The IDD stores data transferred from the INIT in the data buffer beginning at the byte position specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB Furthermore a value less than the IDD s buffer size value specified in the Buffer address field must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value larger than that is specified data transfer is not executed with the INIT Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data transfer being executed Mode 0 1 0 0 Microcode download without saving In this mode the controller s microcode or control information is transferred to the IDD s control memory area 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field and the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data tran
269. nate blocks specified for reassignment processing by the INIT will necessarily have been processed If a parameter save operation has already started that command is executed until it is completed However since the INIT cannot judge whether the parameters have been saved or not it is necessary for the INIT to confirm the status by the MODE SENSE command or the LOG SENSE command or reissue the command Data blocks which are currently being written are processed normally including the ECC portion and the command is halted at the point when that processing is completed Not all the data which is the write object will necessarily be written to the disk media Fatal hardware errors Self diagnostic errors If a hardware fatal error is detected during the initial self diagnosis in off line self diagnosis or in on line self diagnosis SEND DIAGNOSTIC command rotation of the spindle motor will be halted When in this state the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status for all input output operation requests except the REQUEST SENSE command The sense data reported at this time indicate HARDWARE ERROR 4 Diagnostic failure on component nn 40 nn It is necessary for the INIT either to generate a RESET condition or send a TARGET RESET message and attempt to recover from the error state For recommended procedures for error recovery methods see the explanation in Section 5 2 INIT s Error Recovery Methods Recommended Furthermo
270. nd the Verify Error Recovery parameter Page 7 of the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command the INIT can know of the occurrence of errors which were recovered from successfully by the IDD s internal error recovery processing and their contents By logging that error information the INIT can obtain data for more detailed analysis of the disk drive s operating condition Concerning the contents of the error log it is recommended that the data have a time stamp affixed so that they can be edited in a time series of the times the errors were detected and that they include the following information e The source which issued the command and the SCSI ID of the SCSI device which was the target of the command e The CDB which was issued e The receiving status or when the status was that the command could not be received the code showing the type of error detected by the INIT and its content e All bytes reported by the IDD C141 E167 5 21 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods 5 3 5 3 1 1 2 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing This section explains concerning error recovery processing methods and procedures executed by the IDD for each type of disk drive related error The INIT can control the error recovery processing methods executed by the IDD using the MODE SELECT parameters Error states and retry processing procedures Seek error Mechanical malfunctions of the disk drive during a seek operatio
271. nds issued to TARG 0 by any other SCSI device INIT B TARG INIT 1 are rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status with the exception of an INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE command The RELEASE command is terminated normally but TARG 0 s reserve state is not influenced by it 2 If INIT A issues a RESERVE command which specifies the third party reserve function 3rd Pty Dev ID TARG INIT 1 TARG 0 becomes reserved from TARG INIT 1 but INIT A has the reserve right In this case e TARG INIT 1 has an exclusive monopoly of TARG 0 However if TARG INIT 1 issues a RESERVE command that command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status Also a RELEASE command is terminated normally but it has no influence on the TARG 0 reserve right C141 E167 3 39 Command Specifications e INIT A can issue INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE RELEASE and RESERVE commands to TARG 0 but other commands are rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status A RELEASE or RELEASE EXTENDED command issued by INIT A releases TARG 0 s reserved state Also a RESERVE or RESERVE EXTENDED command changes the reserve state of TARG 0 e Commands issued by INIT B to TARG 0 are rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status except the INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE and RELEASE commands A RELEASE command is terminated normally but it has no influence on the TARG 0 reserve right 3 An example of the third party reserve function is applicable when using the COPY com
272. nformational exception conditions more frequency than the time specified by the Interval Timer field and as soon as possible after the timer interval has elapsed After the informational exception condition has been reported the interval timer is restarted A value of zero in the Interval Timer field indicates that the target shall only report the informational exception condition one time A value of X FFFFFFFF in the Inteval Timer field indicates the timer interval is vendor specific In the implementation actual period unit to be used in reporting information exception condition is minute Therefore a value is rounded up to minute as shown below a value of zero and X FFFFFFFF in the interval timer field indicates that drive report the information exception condition once A value of TIMER INTERVAL field Actual time interval minutes 0 OXFFFFFFFFh Drive reports the informatinal exception condition once OxFFFFFE1 1 OxFFFFFFFE 7158279 The Report Count field indicates the number of timer to report an informational exception conditions to the application client A value of zero in the Report Count field indicates there is no limit on the number of timers the target shall report an information exception condition 4 1 10 Additional error recovery parameters page code 21 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 9 Fujitsu unique parameter X 02 Page Length o
273. ng executed during reconnection processing and enters the BUS FREE phase In this case the IDD generates sense data indicating ABORTED COMMAND B Message error 43 00 1 14 C141 E167 1 3 Outline of Command Processing 3 After the INIT that accepts the IDENTIFY message normally completes the pointer restore operation it should make the ACK signal for the IDENTIFY message FALSE If the ATTENTION condition does not exist when the ACK signal becomes FALSE during sending of the IDENTIFY message the IDD regards the reconnection processing as having been normally completed and begins subsequent processing For further details refer to CHANGE DEFINITION parameter list Reselection Retry Reselection Time out Delay in Section 3 1 4 and SCSI Bus RESELECTION phase in Chapter 1 of SCSI Physical Interface Specifications and SCSI Bus Error Recovery Processing in Chapter 3 1 3 4 Synchronous mode data transfer wide mode data transfer The IDD equips a synchronous mode data transfer function and wide mode data transfer function for processing high speed data transfers DATA IN and DATA OUT phases on the SCSI bus Data transfers on the SCSI bus can be executed in any desired combination of the asynchronous mode or synchronous mode and in 8 bit widths or 16 bit widths wide mode but by using synchronous mode data transfer or wide mode data transfer command processing time is shortened and throughput for input output processing by mult
274. nrecoverable error is detected on the SCSI bus e A State appropriate to an overlapping command exception condition see Section 1 7 1 In cases other than the above the sense data currently being held or when there are no sense data being held the sense data which indicate the state if an error occurred during execution of this command are sent to the INIT and it is terminated with a GOOD status However if an error which has been recovered from by retry processing is detected during execution of this command and if the mode which reports RECOVERED ERROR is specified this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status after sense data are sent to the INIT and sense data RECOVERED ERROR 1 which indicate the contents of that error are newly generated 3 1 16 LOG SELECT 4C Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 1 X 4C 2 LUN 0 0 0 PCR SP 3 PC 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i Parameter List Length MSB 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link This command provides a means for an application client to manage statistical information maintained by the IDD about IDD The INIT can know the types of statistical information and the current maintaining of each statistical information by using the LOG SENSE command A Save Parameters SP bit is one indicates that after performing the specified LOG SELECT operation the dri
275. nse data and the length and format differ for each device The length of expanded sense data is displayed in the sense data so by analyzing the sense data which it receives the INIT can know its effective length 2 In the REQUEST SENSE command even if a Transfer byte length that is shorter than the length of the sense data supported by the device which is the object of the command the command will terminate normally but in that case some of the sense data only will be received and the remaining information will be lost Sufficient caution should be exercised with regard to the devices connected to the INIT and all the sense data of those devices should be read C141 E167 5 1 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods PS Ea eS ESE ESESETED A C o vaia X 70 or X 71 Error Code 2 o o of o f Sensekey 3 4 Information X 28 Additional Sense Data Length Basi Command Inherent Information asic Information LSB Sub sense Code 15 SKSV Sense Key Inherent Information A CDB Operation Code 20 Additional O Detailed Information Information He _ Figure 5 1 Expanded sense data format 5 1 2 Sense data basic information Bytes 0 to 17 of the sense data are basic information which show the contents of the error that has occurred The INIT can know the contents of the error and the key information that is necessary for recovery processing by analyzing this basic information Each f
276. ntained individually for each INIT which is their object 1 Ifthe IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status sense data is generated for the command that was terminated by the CHECK CONDITION status 2 Ifa fatal error occurs on the SCSI bus and the IDD forcibly enters the BUS FREE phase sense data is generated for the command that was being executed on the SCSI bus However if the LUN cannot be identified by the point when the error occurs the IDD does not generate sense data 3 Since it is impossible for reconnection processing to be executed without a response from the INIT in the RESELECTION phase if the IDD clears the command that is necessary for reconnection processing sense data is generated for that command Notes 1 In the case of 3 above the IDD does not clearly inform the INIT of the occurrence of an error but terminates the command abnormally and enters the sense data hold state Ifa long period of time passes with no response from the IDD the INIT that issued the command should issue a REQUEST SENSE command and confirm the content of the error 2 Ifthe INIT which is the object of holding of sense data cannot be identified because the INIT s SCSI ID was not notified in the SELECTION phase the INIT enters an unspecified special sense data hold state In this case the IDD regards this as the INIT that is the object of holding of the sense data starting a new SELECTION phase in which the INIT s SCSI ID is not notified
277. ock address field in the CDB specifies the logical block address which is the staring point of the range where access is permitted When an address in the User Space X 00000000 or higher is specified in the Logical block address field access to the User Space only is permitted in linked commands which follow this command and CE space cannot be accessed On the other hand if an address in CE space X 80000000 or higher is specified access to CE space only is permitted in linked commands which follow this command and User Space cannot be accessed C141 E167 3 2 Data Access Commands Also the size of the range where access is permitted specified in this command in the Block count field in the CDB specifies the number of logical data blocks from that starting point However when zero is specified in the Block count field access to the final logical data block of the specified data space User Space or CE Space with the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field as the starting point is permitted Figure 3 12 shows the method for specification of the range where access is permitted in this command T n Value specified in the Logical block address field S ai nimii ntm SS S m Value specified in the Block count field gt 4 Range where access is permitted by linked commands gt Figure 3 12 SET LIMITS command Specifying the range where access is permitted If 1
278. ode Q Sub sense Code C141 E167 5 7 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods Table 5 2 Sense and subsense codes 3 of 5 c Qs Name Explanation Sense key 1F Partial Defect List Transfer Read Defect Data command 37h cannot transfer all the Defect data 1 in the target because the numbers of defect exceeded the maximum 20 Invalid command CDB byte 0 operation code is illegal 5 operation code 21 Logical block address out A logical block address which exceeds the drive s maximum value 5 of range was specified 24 00 Invalid field in CDB There is an error in a specification in the CDB 5 Logical unit not supported An illegal LUN was specified 5 26 Invalid field in parameter There is an error in the parameter list specifications transferred from 5 list the INIT during command execution 04 Invalid Release of There is unmatched valid reservation status in the parameter list 5 Persistent Reservation specifications 27 Write protected A write operation was attempted in a write protected area Or a 7 write operation is prohibited at the external operation panel 7 SCSI reset occurred A SCSI RESET was received 03 TARGET RESET message A TARGET RESET message was received occurred 05 Transciever mode changed Transciever mode was changed to Single Ended mode to Single Ended ka Transciever mode changed Transiever mode was changed to LVD mode to LVD 2A Mode parameter changed The MODE SELECT parameter values were changed
279. of each page descriptor and their contents PS bit When this bit is 1 the parameter value defined in that Page descriptor can be saved on the disk media and when it is 0 it indicates that this is a parameter which cannot be saved to the disk It is possible to save all the Page descriptors supported by the IDD However 1 is always indicated in this bit for all Page descriptors transferred by this command Page length This field indicates the length of the parameter field number of bytes from byte 2 excluding the page header of that Page descriptor The IDD always shows a value in this field which is the same as the length defined in that Page descriptor regardless of the type of parameter requested in the PC page control field of the CDB and reports all the parameter fields that Page descriptor in byte 2 and subsequent bytes Parameter field The parameter field in byte 2 and subsequent bytes indicates parameter values of the type current values variable values default values or save values requested in the PC page control field of the CDB See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 3 1 5 concerning the definition of each parameter Default values and Variable values C141 E167 Command Specifications 3 1 8 MODE SENSE EXTENDED 5A aan Transfer Byte Length MSB i Transfer Byte Length LSB Header This command reports the values for each type of parameter relat
280. of this page descriptor is requested by the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command the IDD reports X 0A as the page length byte 1 However if either X 0A or X 06 is specified for the page length in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command the IDD treats it as though the correct page length was specified If X 06 is specified for the page length the value specified in the Number of retries during READ field is used as is in the Number of retries during WRITE field and the value specified in the Number of retries during READ field is also used as is in the Number of retries during VERIFY field The X 06 page length is included in consideration of compatibility with previous models but as much as possible it is recommended that the INIT use the X 0A page length Error recovery parameters defined in this page descriptor are applicable for the following commands except in cases where it is specifically pointed out 4 2 C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters e READ e WRITE e READ EXTENDED e WRITE AND VERIFY Write operation e READ LONG e WRITE EXTENDED e SEND DIAGNOSTIC Write read test e WRITE LONG AWRE automatic write reallocation enabled 1 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is specified during execution of a write operation 0 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is prohibited during execution of a write operation Automatic alternate blo
281. ogical unit number values as fit in the specified allocation length This shall not be considered an error The device server shall report those devices in the logical unit inventory using the format shown in below LUN List Length N 7 Reserved First LUN 15 LSB n 7 MSB Last LUN n LSB The LUN List Length field shall contain the length in bytes of the LUN list that is available to be transferred The LUN list length is the number of logical unit numbers in the logical unit inventory multiplied by eight If the allocation length in the command descriptor block is too small to transfer information about the entire logical unit inventory the LUN list length value shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation C141 E167 3 61 Command Specifications 3 1 21 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 X A3 1 0 0 0 Service Action X 05 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Allocation Length MSB 7 Allocation Length 8 Allocation Length 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link This command requests that the device server send device identification information to the application client The Service Action field can be specified only X 05 The Allocation Length field indicates how much space has been reserved for
282. ommand Specifying the range where access is permitted eee eee eee 3 73 3 13 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration ee eee eeceeeceeeceeeesecnseceeeneeees 3 78 3 14 Defect descriptor Byte distance from index format 0 cee cee cseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeecesecaecsaecsseaes 3 80 3 15 Defect descriptor physical sector address format eee eee csecseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeerecaecaecaeeneeeas 3 81 3 16 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration 0 eee eeeeseeese cess ceeeeeeeee 3 86 3 17 READ DEFECT DATA command Defect data configuration eee ceeeeseeese cess eeeeeneeeee 3 89 3 18 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameter list configuration 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeaes 3 95 3 19 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters page code list oe ee eeceeecesecsseceseesecaecaecsaecseeeaeeeneeees 3 96 3 20 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters logical physical address ConVersiOn ecceeeeeeeseeeeee 3 96 3 21 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Response data configuration 00 3 99 3 22 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data page code list eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 100 3 23 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data logical physical address conversion 3 101 3 24 WRITE BUFFER command buffer data Mode 000 001 eeececseceessececseeeeeeeesseeeeneeee 3 103 3 25 READ BUFFER command buffer data Mode 0000 0001 ssssssssessosseesseseeesssresssssesssse 3 108 3 26 READ BUFFER command buffer descriptor
283. on of the total volume of transfer data blocks specified in the command that is specified by this parameter For example if a read operation of 16 blocks with a logical data block length of 512 bytes 8 Kbytes is requested when the value specified in this parameter is 32 reconnection processing is performed when it becomes possible to transfer 2 blocks of data 16 x 32 256 from the data buffer C141 E167 Data Buffer Management 2 2 b Buffer empty ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start reconnection when it is requested by the INIT to transfer data in the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command In a write operation after the IDD receives a command the IDD begins transferring data data pre fetch while locating the position of the target data blocks on the disk media in parallel Therefore if the total number of bytes of data specified in the command is less than the capacity of a cache segment all the data are pre fetched in a batch so the specification in this parameter is not applied The value specified in this parameter n indicates a proportion of the total data buffer capacity of the IDD when the buffer is empty n 256 Note While the IDD is writing data to the disk media it is using the data pre fetched to the data buffer in order and when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified in this parameter it executes reconnection processing requesting transfe
284. on operation is prohibited or permitted by the DCRT flag of the Format parameter REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 This command allocates alternate data blocks for defective data blocks specified in the Defect Data list transferred form the INIT See Chapter 3 Product Specifications Installation Procedures in the Product Manual concerning alternate block processing methods implemented by this command The INIT specifies the logical block address of one or more defective data blocks in the Defect Data list which it transfers to the IDD The IDD searches for unused spare sectors for use as alternate blocks and allocates these alternate blocks for the specified logical data blocks Also in the case of data blocks for which alternate data blocks have already been specified the IDD allocates other usable spare sectors as alternate blocks for those data blocks Using this command copying of the contents of the data in the logical data blocks specified in the Defect data list to the allocated alternate data blocks is attempted If the data in logical data blocks which are specified in the Defect data list are correctable by ECC correction the corrected data are copied and those data which are not correctable by ECC are copied as is in the uncorrected state including the errors and in the case of other media errors X OO is copied in all bytes Furthermore the contents of data in data blocks other than the logical data block
285. operation After the INIT has written a specific data pattern for logical data blocks which is the object of verification using the procedure described below it next reads those data or verifies the data blocks by executing Verify Setting parameters by the MODE SELECT command Issue the MODE SELECT or the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and prohibit retry processing data correction and operation of the Read Ahead Cache feature The necessary parameter settings are as shown below a Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Page 1 e AWRE 0 ARRE 0 e TB Oorl e EER 0 PER 1 DTE 1 and DCR 1 e Number of Retries during Read Zero e Number of Retries during Write Zero b Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page 1 e EER 0 PER 1 DTE 1 and DCR 1 e Number of Retries during Verify Zero c Caching Parameters Page 8 e RCD 1 Writing a data pattern Write a data pattern for verification in the data block which is the object The recommended data pattern at this time is X 0123456789ABCDEF repeated The WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE SAME command can be used to write data C141 E167 6 4 Alternate Block Allocation Processing 3 Reading and verification of data Issue the READ READ EXTENDED or VERIFY command and verify that the data written to the disk media in item 2 were read correctly To verify reading of data it is recommended that reading of the same data block be done at lease 2 times but the numbe
286. opping of the spindle motor the GOOD status is reported and command execution is completed When the Immed bit is 0 the status byte is reported and command execution is completed after the spindle motor is in the stopped state When this command with the Start instruction is issued with a link to another command the specification in the Immed bit should be 0 If 1 is specified for the Immed bit ordinarily the disk drive is still not in the Ready state at the point when this command is completed so a linked command cannot be executed normally Even if 1 is specified in the Immed bit of this command if other commands are already queued and another command exists which is already being executed this command is placed on the queue and disconnect processing is performed Therefore even if 1 is specified in the Immed bit the status will not necessarily be reported immediately after the COMMAND phase 3 1 11 RESERVE 16 X160 Bit 7 5 4 3 2 1 C141 E167 Command Specifications 1 2 Together with the RELEASE command this command controls exclusive access to the logical unit IDD under a multi initiator environment The IDD is reserved by this command for the INIT which issued this command or for some other SCSI device specified in the CDB The INIT which issues this command must notify the IDD of its own SCSI ID when the SELECTION phase is executed When the INIT s ID cannot be specified t
287. or recovery method 5 1 format 5 1 hold condition 1 22 hold state 1 22 in not ready state 1 25 length 3 32 sense key 5 3 5 5 inherent information 5 4 specific valid 5 4 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER 3 63 SET LIMITS 3 72 command 3 73 setting parameter by MODE SELECT command 6 6 single command 1 8 SIZE 4 24 size enable 4 24 SKSV_ 5 4 SMART data page 4 57 SMART status page 4 57 soft sectoring 4 16 soft write protect 4 30 spare sector area 6 2 spare sector within cylinder 6 2 specified cycle count over device lifetime 4 54 specifying initialization method 3 76 specifying range where access is permitted 3 73 C141 E167 IN 7 Index spindle motor start delay time 3 18 SSEC 4 16 standard INQUIRY data 3 3 3 4 starting boundary 4 33 start specification 3 37 start stop cycle counter 4 54 page 4 52 START STOP UNIT 3 36 status byte 1 6 stop format 3 79 stop specification 3 37 STPF 3 79 sub sense code 5 4 superseding reserve 3 39 support 3 9 log page 4 38 supported function 3 6 SURF 4 17 surface addressing 4 17 SWP 4 30 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 3 74 synchronous data transfer request 3 17 synchronous mode data transfer 1 15 T tagged queuing 1 18 target certification list 3 76 target save disable 3 47 task set type 4 28 TB 4 3 temperature 4 51 page 4 51 termination status analysis and error recovery method 5 11 TEST UNIT READY 1 17 3 1 threshold met criteria 3 47 TMC 3 47 total posted read errors 4 45 verify errors 4 48
288. ormation is included in the G List e Defect information transferred from the INIT as the D List e Defect information detected in the Verify operation when this command was executed C List e Defect information specified from the INIT by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command e Defect information on data blocks where alternate block allocation was performed among defective data blocks detected by the IDD when automatic allocation processing of alternate blocks is permitted C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands 2 Specifying the initialization method The INIT can specify the method of defect processing executed by this command in the FmtData format data bit and CmpLst complete list bit of CDB byte 1 and the Defect List Format field When 1 is specified in the FmtData format data bit it indicates that the format parameters header and defect list described later are transferred from the INIT when this command is executed When this bit s specification is 0 it indicates that the format parameters are not transferred When the CmpLst complete list bit is 1 it indicates that the previously existing G List is replaced with the defect list D List transferred from the INIT when this command is executed When this bit is 0 the contents of the D List are added to those of the previously existing G List The Defect List Forma field specifies the format of the defect list D Lis
289. ot matching and perform data recovery processing from the INIT Reissue the original command Retry It is desirable at this time to confirm the operations of the other INITs C141 E167 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 4 Error recovery processing procedures 5 of 5 Recovery Recovery processing procedure method Issue the LOG SENSE command and read the Current values of the LOG SELECT parameters Search for any parameter values which exceed the threshold value or have reached the maximum value then issue the LOG SELECT command from the INIT and perform resetting Reissue the original command Issue the INQUIRY command and read the operation mode information If the parameter values are appropriate reissue the original command This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the values in the parameters read in are illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed 5 2 3 Error logging In order to collect information that is effective in maintenance it is desirable for the INIT to accumulate log error information related to the SCSI bus which it has detected itself BUS FREE error command completion wait time out etc and error information reported by the IDD By specifying 1 in the PER bit in the Read Write Error Recovery parameter Page 1 a
290. parameter shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The parameter value is a 4 byte binary number The value indicates how many start stop cycles the device has detected since its date of manufacture For rotating magnetic storage device a single start stop cycle is defined as an operational cycle that begins with the disk spindle at rest continues while the disk accelerates to its normal operational rotational rate continues during the entire period the disk is rotating continues as the disk decelerates toward a resting state and ends when the disk is no longer rotating The count is incremented by one for each complete start stop cycle No comparison with the value of parameter 0003h shall be performed by the device server 4 2 9 Application client page X 0F pe All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 2 9 1 General usage application client parameter data Page OF Code 0000 003F X 0000 X 003F Parameter code Application Client Parameter a a General Usage Paramter Bytes C141 E167 4 55 Parameter Data Formats The values stored in the General usage parameter bytes represent data sent to the device server in a previous LOG SELECT command If a previous LOG SELECT command has not occurred the data is zero 4 2 10 Self test result page X 10 po All of the following parameters
291. per bit of the error recovery parameters mode page by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported Generate no sense This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported Only report informational exception condition on request This method instructs the target to report informational exception s information To find out about information exception conditions the Application Client polls the target by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command The sense key shall be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the information exception condition Reserved Vendor Specific C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats The Interval Timer field indicates the period in 100 millisecond increments for reporting that an informational exception condition has occurred The target does not report i
292. pt is set to one and EWASC is set to zero An EWASC bit of one indicates warning reporting is enabled The method for reporting the warning when the EWASC bit is set to one is determined from the MRIE field If background functions are supported an Enable Background Function EBF bit of one indicates the target enables background functions An EBF bit of zero indicates the target disables the functions The IDD disregards the specified value and operates according to the Default value 0 A Performance Perf bit of zero indicates that informational exception operations that are the cause of delays are acceptable A Perf bit of one indicates the target is not cause delays while doing informational exception operations A Perf bit set to one may cause the target to disable some or all of the informational exceptions operations thereby limiting the reporting of informational exception conditions The Method of Reporting Informational Exceptions MRIE field indicates the methods that is used by the target to report informational exception conditions The priority of reporting multiple informational exceptions is vendor specific C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters setting prohibited setting prohibited X06 X 07 X 0B X 0C XOF No reporting of informational exception conditions This method instructs the target to not report informational exception conditions Asynchronous event reporting
293. quirements and which initiators hold invalid reservation requirements If necessary the initiator can also preempt reservation rights by issuing the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The set reservation requirements are not reset by processing such as the TARGET RESET task Therefore a persistent reservation can be used for sharing a device among multiple initiators The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT and PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands provides basic features for analyzing the dynamically changeable reservation status on a multi initiator system using multi port targets These commands can identify whether a particular reservation requirement is held They can also eliminate the requirements from an initiator that has an error or is not cooperative When a drive receives this command and a reservation requirement has been held by the RESERVE RESERVE EXTEND command the command is rejected and returned with the RESERVATION CONFLICT status When this command is issued if an invalid drive resource exists the drive returns the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Sense data is set to INSUFFICIENT REGISTRATION RESOURCES 55 04 However SCSI devices do not report sense information C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands The RESERVE PREEMPT and PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions of this command determine whether any conflict of Scope or Type specifications occurs between two reservation requirements the
294. r address format The Defect descriptors do not necessarily transfer defect position information in ascending order See the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 3 3 1 concerning the configuration and contents of the Defect descriptor in each format Notes Precautions for use of command 1 When 1 is specified in both the P List bit and the G List bit in the CDB and transfer of both the P List and G List is requested the IDD first of all transfers the P List then transfers the G List afterward merging of the defect information in the two lists is not performed 2 When 0 is specified in both the PList bit and the GList bit in the CDB only the header is transferred by that command but the following information is shown in the header at this time e PList bit 0 e GList bit 0 3 90 C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands e Defect List Length field The total number of bytes described in the Defect List Format specifying defect data included in the P List and G List Even if defect data of the type specified in the CDB do not exist in the defect list P List or G List if the defect list is empty 1 is displayed in the PList bit and the GList bit in the header transferred to the INIT corresponding to the specification in the CDB By the INIT issuing this command specifying 4 in the Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB and by inv
295. r not it is possible to vary that parameter 1 indicates that it can be varied The INIT can know those values and attributes by using the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 0 Parameter List Length MSB a a Parameter List Length LSB Co ee e e o o a This command performs setting and changing of each type of parameter related to disk drive physical attributes data format timing of SCSI bus disconnect reconnect processing and error recovery procedures etc This command s function is the same as that of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command Section 3 1 5 except that the format of its data transferred by the INIT differs partially from that of the MODE SELECT data format C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Figure 3 9 shows the configuration of the parameter list MODE SELECT parameters transferred by this command from the INIT Compared to the 4 byte header in the Group 0 MODE SELECT command it is necessary for an 8 byte header to be transferred in this command The contents of each field in the header except that the byte positions differ are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command The contents of the other parameters Block descriptor Page descriptor are also the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command X00 ie fee X 00 Block Descriptor Length LSB X 00 or X 08 block descriptor length MSB Block Descriptor oo Dat
296. r of the succeeding data However if the number of data blocks remaining to be transferred according to the command being executed does not reach the amount of data specified in this parameter the IDD executes reconnection processing at the point when the number of data blocks remaining in the data buffer s empty space reaches the specified number of data blocks and requests transfer of the succeeding data Note If the value specified for the buffer full ratio or the buffer empty ratio is not within double the integral boundary of the logical data block length the IDD rounds up the specified value to the nearest data block boundary In addition if zero is specified for any of these parameters the IDD an appropriate value for the parameter that is determind by IDD Look Ahead Cache Feature In order to use the data buffer more effectively and improve the disk drive s effective access speed the IDD is equipped with a simple cache feature called a Look Ahead Cache Feature The Look Ahead cache feature is an effective simple cache function for an INIT which reads data block groups on the disk media sequentially using multiple commands Caching operation When the IDD is executing a READ command or a READ EXTENDED command it reads the requested data from the disk media and transfers it to the INIT while at the same time reading looking ahead at data blocks which are subsequent to the last logical data block specified in that command
297. r of times verification is performed is determined by the conditions on the system If reading of all data is completed normally it can be recognized that use of that data block can be used normally 4 Error verification When an error related to the disk media Sense Key 3 MEDIUM ERROR occurs during writing of the data pattern see item 2 or verification of data reading see item 3 reexecute the rewriting and reading verification combination two times at least 8 times When the same type of error occurs even once during reexecution it is recommended that the INIT treat that data block as a defective block If the reexecution of verification is completed normally every time it should be regarded that that data block can be used normally 6 4 Alternate Block Allocation Processing If errors on the disk media which cannot be recovered from are detected or if a recoverable error occurs repeatedly in the same data block it is necessary for the INIT to allocate an alternate block for the data block where the error occurred using the REASSIGN BLOCKS command The procedure for alternate block processing is shown below Note An attempt will be made to copy the contents of the data area of the logical data block specified in the Defect Data list to the alternate block allocated by this command but in some cases the data cannot be copied Confirmation of the contents of data in the allocated alternate block saving of data before
298. r space Issuing the FORMAT UNIT command Issue the FORMAT UNIT command and initialize the entire disk media surface In this FORMAT UNIT command the entire disk media surface is initialized using the P List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the defect position information for only the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is recorded in the G List The contents which need to be specified at this time are as follows a b CDB specification Specify 0 in the FmtData bit and the CmpLst and 000 in the Defect List Format field in the CDB FORMAT parameters If the items values in the previous item are specified in the CDB the Format parameter is not necessary C141 E167 6 2 Disk Media Initialization 6 2 2 1 2 Re initialization The INIT can reinitialize the disk drive after it has been operated using the FORMAT UNIT command Note If it is necessary after reinitialization to restore the data that were stored on the disk media it is necessary to save the data before executing reinitialization then execute data restore using system software after reinitialization The INIT can change the size of the spare sector area and its location as well as the number of logical data blocks before reinitialization The recommended procedure for r
299. ransfers with the disk media and the other port for data transfers with the SCSI bus Mutual ports operate asynchronously and since it is possible to efficiently absorb variations in data transfer speed between the ports the INIT can perform data transfer operations with the IDD while being virtually unaware of differences between the SCSI bus data transfer rate and the disk drive data transfer rate Even if the data transfer capacity of the SCSI bus INIT is lower than the disk drive s data transfer rate the data buffer can perform data transfers to the system under optimum conditions without using sector interleave Also if the data transfer capacity of the SCSI bus INIT is higher than the disk drive s data transfer rate it is possible to minimize the occupancy time on the SCSI bus by accumulating an appropriate amount of data in the data buffer Only one cache segment by uniting two or more pages of the divided data buffer is used by one command and the data in the other cache segments are held Figure 2 1 shows the data buffer image C141 E167 2 1 Data Buffer Management 1 e Segment _ gt Segment 7 Segment 6 Segment 5 Segment 4 Segment 3 Segment 2 Segment 1 Segment 0 7 INIT _ Disk Media Valid Data Write gt Write gt lt Read lt
300. re see Section 6 1 1 Self diagnostic Function in Product Manual Unrecoverable hardware errors Limited to cases in which a fatal hardware error occurs during execution of a command and termination processing such as a CHECK CONDITION status report cannot be executed the IDD may halt rotation of the spindle motor C141 E167 Command Processing 1 8 After this state occurs the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status for all input output operation requests except the REQUEST SENSE command The sense data reported at this time indicate HARDWARE ERROR 4 Internal target failure 44 nn If this state is reported continuously for input output operation requests it is necessary for the INIT to generate a RESET condition or send a TARGET RESET message and attempt to recover from the error state For recommended procedures for error recovery methods by the INIT see the explanation in Section 5 2 INIT s Error Recovery Methods Recommended Data Block Addressing Definition of data space The IDD manages the data storage area on the disk drive in the following 2 types of data space e User space user data storage area e System space IDD exclusive area Within these 2 areas the user can clearly access the user space The data format and defect management methods in this space are the same and it is possible to access this space by logical data block addressing described in Section 1 8 2 System space is accessed
301. re are two methods used in the queuing function tagged and untagged In tagged queuing the IDD can receive multiple commands from each INIT In untagged queuing the IDD can receive a single command from each INIT Both queuing methods are possible for the IDD but an INIT can use only one queuing method at a time However if another INIT selects a different method the IDD controls both methods of command queuing Untagged queuing Using untagged queuing the IDD can receive a command from an INIT while it is executing processing of a command from another INIT The IDD can receive one command at a time from each INIT It is the role of the INIT to confirm that only one command is issued every time When the IDD receives a new command from an INIT if it is processing another command from a different INIT or if it is currently executing its initial self diagnosis that command is queued in the command queue In this case the IDD executes disconnect processing after command queuing processing is completed After the IDD finishes executing the current processing command if there is a command in the queue it fetches that command and executes it If there are multiple commands in the queue they are fetched and executed in the order in which they were received 1 16 C141 E167 1 4 Command Queuing Function When a command is in the queued state if a RESET condition occurs or if the IDD receives a TARGET RESET message from any INIT
302. received before processing of a series of linked commands is completed is executed by the IDD after all the linked commands in the series have been executed The RESERVE RELEASE and RESERVE EXTENDED commands should be issued together with an ORDERED message If the HEAD OF QUEUE message is used with these commands previously issued commands and reserved states may become redundant The TEST UNIT READY and INQUIRY commands do not influence the state of the IDD so they can be issued together with a HEAD OF QUEUE message 1 18 C141 E167 1 5 UNIT ATTENTION Condition 1 5 1 5 1 The INIT can specify 2 error recovery options by the QErr bit of the control mode parameter Page A of the mode select parameters When 0 is specified in the QErr bit the IDD enters any one of a number of sense hold states and when this state is released it continues to execute the commands in the queue The IDD queues any commands received from other INITs while it is in the sense hold state but during this period execution of all the commands in the queue is interrupted If 1 is specified in the QErr bit if the IDD enters any one of a number of sense hold states the queue is cleared after the sense hold state is released When the queue is cleared through this recovery option the UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated for all the INITs which had their commands cleared excluding the INIT that set the sense hold state The sense code Com
303. red When transfer of multiple data blocks is instructed by this command when the data blocks which are to be processed come to a track boundary cylinder boundary or zone boundary a head switch or cylinder switch is executed automatically and reading of the specified number of blocks is performed When the specifications in the Logical block address field and Transfer block count field in the CDB exceed the maximum logical block address in the IDD that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical block address out of range 21 00 and the reading of data from the disk media is not executed Error recovery processing during execution of this command can be specified by the MODE SELECT parameter If retry processing and data correction processing are not prohibited when this command is completed normally or when it is completed with a RECOVERED ERROR 1 sense key report the data transferred to the INIT by this command are error free When a correctable error check is detected the IDD first corrects the data errors in the data buffer then transfers those data to the INIT When disconnect processing is permitted the starting timing for reconnection processing in order to execute data transfer on the SCSI bus can be specified by the MODE SELECT parameter buffer full ratio Also if the Look Ahead cache feature is permitted a caching operation is performed using the IDD s data buffer by this co
304. reissue the original command If this error Other than a positioning error 15 xx occurs repeatedly in the same data block implement alternate block allocation processing shown in Section 6 4 Issue the MODE SENSE command and when a RECOVERED ERROR is reported read the Current value in the changed MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED parameter If the value actually set in that parameter page is within the INIT s permissible range perform recovery method 0 If the value actually set in that parameter page is not within the INIT s permissible range adjust the value specified in the parameter and issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command again Issue the START instruction using the START STOP UNIT command Immed 0 When the START STOP UNIT command is terminated abnormally perform recovery method 1 When the START STOP UNIT command is terminated normally reissue the original command Retry Wait for formatting FORMAT UNIT command to be completed Reissue the original command Retry 5 18 C141 E167 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 4 Error recovery processing procedures 3 of 5 Recovery Recovery processing procedure method Set the Number of Retries value in the MODE SELECT parameters at the Default value Reissue the original command Retry Note If the error is not recovered from after the first retry issue the REZERO UNIT command Reissue the origin
305. ritten data exist in the data buffer writing of all those data to the disk media is performed If bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the Immed immediate bit is 1 a GOOD status is reported immediately at the point when the legality of the CDB is confirmed and the command is terminated If this bit is 0 a GOOD status is reported at the point when writing of the unwritten data in the data buffer is completed and the command is terminated Format Commands FORMAT UNIT 04 Defect List Format Interleave factor MSB a a Interleave factor LSB eee This command initializes formats the entire area of the disk media that can be accessed from the INIT User Space At the same time the IDD also implements defect management processing allocating alternate blocks for defective portions of the disk media in accordance with the specifications in this command Furthermore when the disk media is initialized with any of the following format attributes changed the INIT must issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command before issuing this command and specify those format attributes in advance Logical data block length Logical data block count User space cylinder count Spare sector count for alternate blocks C141 E167 3 75 Command Specifications 1 Defect list In order to register or specify the positions of defects on the disk media in connection with defect management processing that can be specified from the I
306. rmally and sends the sense data which are being held to the INIT In this case the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not cleared In the case of a State other than a Sense Data Hold state C141 E167 Command Processing 1 6 1 6 1 1 6 2 The IDD executes the REQUEST SENSE command normally and sends the sense data which indicate the UNIT ATTENTION condition and are being held to the INIT At this time the UNIT ATTENTION condition for that INIT is cleared UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold If any UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated and a new UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated for a different reason before the INIT for which the first UNIT ATTENTION condition was held clears it those UNIT ATTENTION conditions are held together and the IDD reports these multiple UNIT ATTENTION conditions in sequence For example a Mode parameters changed Spindle Synchronized or Spindle not Synchronized or other UNIT ATTENTION condition may be reported after the Power on RESET or TARGET RESET occurred UNIT ATTENTION condition is reported Sense Data Hold State Sense data hold condition The IDD generates sense data if any of the following conditions occurs and enters the sense data hold state until the conditions for cancellation described in Section 1 6 2 are established The sense data which are generated are held for each individual INIT that issued the applicable command The sense data hold state is also mai
307. rmation other than the information in this field may be indicated in the command inherent information field The information shown in this field has the following meanings depending on the value of the ILI bit a When the ILI bit is 0 the logical block address of the data block where the error occurred is indicated b When the ILI bit is 1 the difference between the transfer byte length requested by the command and the actual data block length on the disk media is indicated If the difference is a minus value if the request transfer byte count is smaller it is expressed as a complement of 2 In the IDD only the READ LONG command and the WRITE LONG command display this information For details see the descriptions of these commands Sections 3 4 5 and 3 4 6 Additional sense data length This field indicates the length number of bytes after byte 8 of the sense data The value shown in this field shows the length of sense data provided by the IDD without relation to the value specified in the Transfer byte length in the CDB of the REQUEST SENSE command The length of the IDD s sense data is fixed at 48 bytes and this field always indicates X 28 40 bytes Command inherent information This field indicates information that is inherent to the command where the error occurred The only command for which the value in this field is valid in the IDD is the REASSIGN BLOCKS command See the descriptio
308. rocessing at the point when it is necessary for operation on the SCSI bus to reconnect with the INIT See item 6 concerning reconnection processing Disconnect processing procedure after COMMAND phase execution If commands are queued see Section 1 4 disconnect processing is performed immediately after the COMMAND phase execution is completed In this case the IDD switches from the COMMAND phase to the MESSAGE IN phase and sends the DISCONNECT message to the INIT Disconnect processing procedure after data transfer execution For commands which accompany a data transfer disconnect processing may be performed during DATA IN or DATA OUT phase execution or after transfer of the last data is completed In this case caution is necessary when executing the following types of pointer controls a If disconnecting during a data transfer In cases where data transfer has begun in DATA IN or DATA OUT phase and it will take time until transfer of subsequent data can be transferred example When the data buffer has been emptied by a READ command or the data buffer has ceased to be empty due to a WRITE command disconnect processing is performed during data transfer In this case the IDD sends the SAVE DATA POINTER message before sending the DISCONNECT message When the INIT receives the SAVE DATA POINTER message it must save the current value of the current data pointer and make it possible to transfer data from the subsequent data at reconnec
309. ronization of the disk and can be specified The IDD disregards the value specified in this field Rotational synchronization offset This is a field which specifies the offset value used for rotational synchronization of the disk but it is not supported in the IDD The IDD disregards the value specified in this field Rotational speed This specifies the disk s rotational speed in rpm rotations minute This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this field and operates according to the Default value 4 1 5 Verify error recovery parameters page code 7 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 5 C141 E167 Parameter Data Formats eH H HH CAERE EE See the X OA Page Length Note ote cala UO fesse o oo o o e o Number of retries during VERIFY Figure 4 5 MODE SELECT parameters verify error recovery parameters The error recovery parameters divided in this page descriptor are applicable for the following commands e VERIFY e WRITE AND VERIFY verify operation Note If selecting the SCSI 1 CCS mode in the CHANGE DEFINITION command specification use Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameters instead of this parameter a Error recovery flags EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction The definitions and functions of these control f
310. ror was detected during reading of the defect list G List efect list error in grown list An error was detected during reading of the defect list G List Log information read error An error was detected during reading of statistical information Log information write A write error was detected during writing of statistical information error rive Parameter SA read An error was detected during reading of SA information Device Error Information Drive Parameter SA write An error was detected during writing of SA information Device Error Information 84 Mode Select SA write An error was detected during writing of SA information Mode 3 Error Select Paramenter 00 Parameter list length error There is a mistake in the indication of the parameter list page length o1 Primary defect list not found The defect list P List header is incorrect 02 Grown defect list not found The defect list G List header is incorrect SA information list not The SA information MODE SELECT parameter header is found incorrect 3 1D K Miscompare during verify Comparison of data transferred from the INIT by a VERIFY E o 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 81 82 83 1A 1C operation command when the Byte Check mode was specified with data read from the disk media was terminated unsuccessfully Miscompare during self There is an unmatch to compare read data with write data during E configuration self configuration C Sense C
311. s 00 Supported Log Pages Ignored 01 Buffer Overrun Underrun Page Supported 02 Write Error Counter Page Supported 03 Read Error Counter Page Supported 05 Verify Error Counter Page Supported 06 Non medium Error Page Should be zero 0D Temperature Page Supported OE Start stop Cycle Counter Page Supported OF Application Client Log Page Supported 10 Self Test Result Log Page Supported 2F SMART Status Page Ignored 38 SMART Data Page Ignored The Parameter Pointer field allows the application client to request parameter data beginning from s specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the maximum parameter code supported by the target whichever is less If the value of the Parameter Pointer field is larger than the largest available parameter code known to the device server for the specified page the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Parameter List Length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of log parameter which can be transferred to the INIT by this command The IDD transfers the number of bytes of all log parameters specified in the Page Code field or the portion of log parameters with the length specified in the Parameter List Length field whichever is smaller When zero is specified in the Parameter List Length field this command is terminated without anything being transferred
312. s in the Not Ready state e START STOP UNIT command e RESERVE command e RELEASE command e WRITE BUFFER command e READ BUFFER command e INQUIRY command e REQUEST SENSE command The REQUEST SENSE command is executed normally If the IDD is in the sense data hold state the sense data being held at that time are transferred to the INIT If not sense data appropriate to the IDD s state at that time are transferred to the INIT See Table 1 3 e REZERO UNIT command If the spindle motor has reached the normal rotational speed this command is executed even if reading of system information failed If the spindle motor has not C141 E167 1 25 Command Processing 3 1 reached the normal rotating speed or if reading of system information is still in progress a CHECK CONDITION status is reported as in item 1 Operation if formatting is not completed normally While the FORMAT UNIT command is not being executed after a change in data format related parameters by the MODE SELECT command if the FORMAT UNIT command is terminated abnormally for any reason example power cut off or RESET condition the data on the disk media cannot be accessed normally In this case the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status for the command accessing the disk media The sense data generated at this time indicate a MEDIUM ERROR 3 Medium format corrupted 31 00 in the case of the former and MEDIUM ERROR 3 FORMAT command failed 3
313. s in the other segments need not be impacted by cache misses to perform the SCSI buffer function The impact of this field equals 0 or the sum of this field plus this field greater than the buffer size is vendor specific This bit is not supported for the IDD The IDD disregards the specification in this bit 4 1 7 Control mode parameters page code 0A The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Figure 4 7 ee a a X OA or X 06 Page Length ee Cd Tom oo a o e o o o A E a a ae es eet eee eee ee eee Figure 4 7 MODE SELECT parameters control mode parameters The parameters defined on this page control the operations of the tagged queuing function and statistical information function C141 E167 4 27 Parameter Data Formats TST Task Set Type This field specifies the type of task set defined below Value Description 000b Task set per logical unit for all initiators 001b Task set per initiator per logical unit 010b 111b Reserved The IDD operates according to 000b If other value is specified in this field the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in list 26 00 GLTSD Global Logging Target Save Disable not supported This bit specifies whether or not to permit the saving treatment of peculiar logging parameter within the IDD Since the IDD performs the saving treatment with itself algorithm regardless of spec
314. s specified in the Defect Data list are not influenced by the alternate allocation processing through this command C141 E167 3 85 Command Specifications Note Copying of the contents of data in the logical data blocks specified in the Defect data list to alternate blocks allocated by this command is attempted but in some cases copying cannot be done Confirmation of the contents of the data in allocated alternate blocks saving of data before issuing this command and restoring of data after this command is executed are the responsibility of the INIT The format of the Defect Data list transferred from the INIT by this command is shown in Figure 3 16 Header Defect List Length m MSB Defect List Length m LSB ir Defective Block Logical Block Address MSB Defective Block Logical Block Address Defect Descriptor Defective Block Logical Block Address List gt Defective Block Logical Block Address LSB X me Defective Block Logical Block Address as Figure 3 16 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration The Defect data list is configured from a 4 byte header and one or more defect descriptors which follow it One defect descriptor has a length of 4 bytes The Defect list length field in the header indicates the total number of bytes m of the defect descriptor list transferred after the header and must be a multiple of 4 Also when zero is specified in this field
315. sectors within each cell are used up and alternate block allocation is not possible within the same cell Alternate block allocation methods Alternate block allocation processing is performed using one of the following methods e Sector slip processing This is a method of skipping defective sectors and writing the logical data blocks corresponding to those sectors in order in physically consecutive sectors Sector slip processing is performed only within the same cell as the defective sectors and until all the spare sectors within that cell are used up e Alternate sector processing This is a method of allocating logical data blocks corresponding to defective sectors to unused spare sectors within the same cell or to unused spare sectors in an alternate cell Alternate block allocation processing Alternate block allocation processing is implemented by the FORMAT UNIT command REASSIGN BLOCKS command or Auto Alternate Block Allocation Processing In sector slip processing the defective sectors re excluded and logical data blocks are located in physically consecutive sectors but when alternate block processing is performed the affected logical data blocks are located in spare sectors which are not physically consecutive with the previous and following logical data blocks which are physically located on the disk For details see the description in Section 3 3 2 Alternate Block Allocation in the Product Manual C141 E167 6 2 Disk
316. sesrtsesreetesrerrsserrrntestentesrerrssessrenessretes 1 11 1 3 4 Synchronous mode data transfer wide mode data transfer eee ceeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeseeeeee 1 15 14 Command Queuing FUNCION cs cssccs sees cs sesecceseeiees shetbses sheet EE ES E Eoo sheubsterseusbescdeuseuseseaeeenss 1 16 14 1 Untagged queuing ise n E E SRE A 1 16 VAD Tagged Quem g rociera E EErEE EEEE EEE A EOE TEETE AEE E EEEE KEE EE EEE TE EE 1 18 T3 CUNIT ATTEN TION Condition sneen a a S R 1 19 1 5 1 Generation of the UNIT ATTENTION condition ssesseeeeseeeseeeseseessteereserresesresrsserereseees 1 19 1 5 2 Response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION condition hold Staten ie n e E E E E A E EA a se segnaveusevounys 1 20 1 5 3 UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold essseeesseeeeseeesereesssrerrssesreeresreessserrresesreeresre 1 22 L6 Sense Data Hold Stateira a dig neh el eee sled ie E E E E R AEE aeons 1 22 1 6 1 Sense data hold condition seoeseereserereseererstererserersrerereeusrerersreeesrererseuseerersreresserersrereseees 1 22 1 6 2 Response and release conditions at sense data hold state eee ee eeeeceseceseceeesseeeeeaes 1 22 1 7 Command Processing Exceptions nioen renies e eea eSEE EEr E r ES EEs eni 1 23 1 7 1 Overlapping command oee e E E E EA E R E rie 1 23 1 7 2 Megal LUN specification cc c iic5 sia edesic tects ein es E ETEA E EEK Er SEEE E EEEE 1 24 1277 3 Reserved Operation codes n a E A A iene S 1 24 1 7 4 Command processin
317. sferred from the INIT When downloading of microcode is completed the IDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs At this time the IDD performs microprogram reboot and generates sense code The IDD operates according to this microcode until its power is switched off If the power is switched on again the IDD s operation returns to the existing microcode saved previously on the disk 3 104 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 5 6 Note Depending on the setting in the IDD if done using the START STOP command it is necessary to issue the START command after issuing his command See the description of the motor starting modes in Section 5 3 2 of the Product Manual concerning the setting terminal Mode 0 1 0 1 Microcode download with saving In this mode the controller s microcode or control information is transferred to the IDD s control memory area and written to the disk 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field and the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data transferred from the INIT When all the data have been received the IDD writes the new microcode to the disk s system area and operates in accordance with this microcode until new microcode is downloaded Note When abnormal termination for reasons other than ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 or IL
318. sia s te tapastbes seess sp uasastet E 2 10 CHAPTER 3 Command Specifications ssccssssscssscsssssssssesscssscssecsecsseessesssessesssesssesssesssessseeees 3 1 3 1 Control Sense Commands iesire nsei tierse caches iedaiastsssavesscesivesvebeseevenessedasasbissavass SEESE SEEPS aas 3 1 3 11 TESTUNITREADY O0 raana E T EEE T E E ARE N 3 1 31 2 INQUIRY C12 sven neh s aa avis Aled ae ee a es 3 2 34 34 READ CAPACITY OS esses coscveckdotetssduseestvontgntnaspevechsedt teases ae ane bien Nene 3 13 3 1 4 CHANGE DEFINITION 40 escscssseseseserercecesesoseseesersneverencusesssenensessnsversnesessanenenes 3 14 3 5 SMODESELECT 15 si 4 Sian elie Shih i edie BA Sieg Re ee he Bi 3 19 3 1 6 MODE SELECT EXTENDED S55 0 cee esse nes ereere inoren Eeee eE 3 26 317 MODE SPN SE A ise duitiinti a r A n A A NS 3 28 3 1 8 MODE SENSE EXTENDED SA e eaeoe eot re sorer i cesses T spera T Eo Enep EKSE E Eaa SSS ERTO EE TREES 3 34 31 9 REZERO UNIT OI a a a ieee ted 3 35 3 1 10 START STOP UNIT IB eironi eae io ea oE a Mittens Eea E Ee 3 36 ZETT RESERVE L6 inea e e adesar ater dba oss 3 37 3 11 12 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 minane a e a Ta r a A E 3 40 3 1 13 RELEASE 1 rretionnpa ran n ie oh anes See ee 3 41 3 14 14 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 css nor ean Saisie NEE EE EE EE n 3 42 31 15 REQUEST SENSE O3 R A A R 3 42 3 1 16 LOG SE LFC T 4 ssc se r cs sosesscess scthestetesshsststannstis scessgebupesebegthsbtetapastbes spessso
319. specifies whether the IDD will execute processing of tagged commands or not 1 The IDD prohibits tagged queuing processing The IDD clears queued commands and generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition Command cleared by another initiator 2F 00 for each of the INITs that issued the commands which were cleared After that the when a QUEUE TAG message is received it is rejected with a MESSAGE REJECT message and executed as an untagged command 0 The IDD permits tagged queuing processing C141 E167 4 29 Parameter Data Formats g RAC Report Check not supported The IDD is not supported in this bit Therefore the IDD always report 0 and ignore specified value SWP Soft Write Protect not supported This bit specifies whether or not to execute for the device server write operation to the medium The IDD is not supported this bit Therefore the IDD always report 0 and ignore specified value RAERP UAAERP EAERP READY AER HOLDOFF PERIOD not supported These field specify the action method of asynchronous event reporting protocol The IDD is not supported these field Therefore the IDD always report 0 and ignore specified value Extended Self Test Completion Time This field contains advisory data that an application client may use to determine the time in seconds that the device server requires to complete an extended self test when the device server is not interrupted by subsequent commands and no errors
320. ss Format 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 4 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1D EA ESES ESE TASTED XID C e os eT EE Parameter List Length MSB 4 Parameter List Length LSB Ts fepe o o This command executes self diagnosis tests which the IDD is equipped to perform and operation specified in the parameter list transferred from the INIT 1 Self diagnosis test When the SelfTest self test bit is 1 and Self Test Code field is 000 in the CDB this command specifies execution of the self diagnosis test which the IDD is equipped to perform At this time the PF page format bit and the Parameter list length field in the CDB have no meaning and the values specified there are disregarded Also the DevOfl device off line bit specifies whether or not operations which have an influence on the status of logical units other than the logical unit specified in this command during the self diagnosis test but in the IDD there is only 1 logical unit that exists Therefore the specification in this bit has no meaning and the specified value is disregarded The INIT can specify the type of self diagnosis test to be executed through the UnitOfl unit off line bit When 1 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit the IDD executes a series of self diagnosis tests in accordance with the combination with the UnitOfl unit off line bit as shown below
321. ssing In this chapter disk media defect management methods treatment methods for media defects which occur during operation reinitialization procedures and other disk media management methods are discussed Furthermore see Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual concerning details of the data recording format on the disk media 6 1 Defect Management 1 Defect lists Information on the positions of defects in the disk media are managed by the types of defect list shown below See the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 3 3 1 concerning methods for using the defect lists e P List Defect position information at the point when the disk drive was shipped from the factory is recorded in this list The defective portions included in this list are permanent defects and when the disk media is initialized it is necessary that this list be used and alternate block processing be executed e D List This list includes defect position information specified by the INIT in the FORMAT UNIT command when initializing the disk media e C List This list contains information on the positions of defective blocks detected during the data block Verify operation Certification after initialization by the FORMAT UNIT command This information is generated internally by the IDD when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed e G List This list is composed from the defective logical data block position information specified by the INIT in the R
322. ssing block counts are already queued or being executed the newly queued command will be forced to wait a long time until it is executed 2 Inthe following cases a command may not be executed even after it has been queued C141 E167 1 17 Command Processing a When there is an error in the CDB the IDD responds with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when that command is fetched from the queue b Ifthe IDD is in the not ready state at the point when the queued command is fetched it responds with a CHECK CONDITION status c Ifa UNIT ATTENTION condition is generated before the queued command is fetched a CHECK CONDITION status may be replied Tagged queuing Through the tagged queuing function the IDD can receive multiple commands from the same INIT or from different INITs until the command queue is full The number of commands that it is possible to receive by the IDD is 128 maximum without relation to the INIT When the IDD receives a new command if the command queue is full it responds to the new command with the QUEUE FULL status The IDD manages the command queue but it is possible for the INIT to add or clear commands from the queue When adding a command to the queue it is possible for the INIT to specify the order in which commands should be executed or the command that should be executed next to the IDD If the disconnect right is not recognized in the IDENTIFY message of a tagged command the IDD responds w
323. st Edition May 2002 This manual is for internal use only Fujitsu takes no responsibility for any other use The contents of this manual may be revised without prior notice The contents of this manual shall not be disclosed in any way or reproduced in any media without the express written permission of Fujitsu Limited All Rights Reserved Copyright FUJITSU LIMITED 2002 C141 E167 Revision History 1 1 Revised section 1 May 2002 2002 Section s with asterisk refer to the previous edition when those were deleted C141 E167 This page is intentionally left blank Preface This manual explains concerning the MAS3367 MAS3735 MAP3367 MAP3735 MAP3 147 series 3 5 inch hard disk drives with internal SCSI controller The purpose of this manual is to provide specifications of each command and detailed explanations of their functions for use of these magnetic disk drives incorporated into user systems and to present the information necessary for creating host system software This manual is written for users who have a basic knowledge of hard disk drives and their use in computer systems The composition of manuals related to these disk drives and the range of subjects covered in this manual are shown in Manual Organization provided on a subsequent page Please use these other manuals along with this manual as necessary Remark Product development of MAK3728 described in this manual has been discont
324. supported This field advises the device server the retention priority to assign for data read into the cache that has also been transferred from the logical unit to the application client The IDD are not supported this field Thus the IDD disregards the specification in this field F Data put into the cache via a READ command was not replaced if there is other data in the cache that was placed into the cache by other means and it may be replaced 1 Data put into the cache via a READ command was replaced sooner than data placed into the cache by other means 0 Indicates the device server was not distinguish between retaining the indicated data and data placed into the cache memory by other means Write Retention Priority not supported This field advises the device server the retention priority to assign for data written into the cache that has also been transferred from the cache memory to the medium C141 E167 4 1 Mode Parameters F Data put into the cache during a WRITE or WRITE and VERIFY command was not replaced if there is ohter data in the cache that was placed into the cache by other means and it may be replaced 1 Data put into the cache during a WRITE or WRITE and VERIFY command was replaced sooner than data placed into the cache by other means 0 Indicates the device server was not distinguish between retaining the indicated data and data placed into the cache memory by other means Pre fet
325. t transferred from the INIT when the FmtData format data bit is 1 Any one of the following formats can be specified for the defect list Defect List Format D List Format 0 0 0 Block Address Format 1 0 0 Byte Distance from the Index Format 1 0 1 Physical Sector Address Format If 0 0 0 is specified in the Defect List Format field and a value other than 0 is specified in Defect List Length in the Format parameters this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST Invalid field in parameter list The Interleave factor field in the CDB specifies the method of positioning logical data blocks in physical sectors on the disk media Whichever value is specified in this field the IDD does not apply sector interleave but physically positions logical data blocks continuously in continuous sectors C141 E167 3 77 Command Specifications 3 Format parameters Figure 3 13 shows the data format of the Format parameter transferred from the INIT when 1 is specified in the FmtData format data bit of the CDB Header et S Defect List Length MSB Defect List Length LSB Figure 3 13 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration 3 78 C141 E167 3 3 Format Commands Header The top of the format parameter transferred from the INIT is a 4 byte header The INIT can specify the method used for defect processing that is executed by this command by con
326. t descriptor with this format specifies the physical sector number of the data block which includes the defect on the disk media together with the cylinder No and the head track No When specifying multiple defect descriptors the cylinder No must be specified in the top position and the physical sector No in the bottom position with the defect positions listed in ascending order Note Sector numbers described in this format are physical sector numbers which to not apply the Track skew factor and the Cylinder skew factor Also in order to specify an entire track as defective X FFFFFFFF must be specified as the defective block physical sector No C141 E167 3 81 Command Specifications S Physical sector No of defective block LSB Figure 3 15 Defect descriptor physical sector address format Cautions in specifying the D list The P List containing defect position information is always recorded on the IDD when it is shipped from the factory Also information on defect positions for which alternate block processing has been implemented during operation are recorded as the G List The function which specifies defect position information as the D List when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed is prepared mainly to specify initial defect position information of the disk media which does not have the P List recorded on it In the IDD by specifying use of the P List and G List advance notice of the defe
327. t does not support the APTPL bit the drive returns the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates this command In this case the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 and sense data is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST 26 00 If the last APTPL bit value received by the driver is zero all persistent reservations are released and all reservation keys are cleared by turning off the power to the target See Section 4 2 1 1 If the last APTPL bit value received by the driver is one the logical unit keeps all persistent reservations and reservation keys for all initiators even after unit power is turned off once and turned on again MA 3 series product saves the registration information in the SA space The APTPL value controls the operation of the logical unit while power is off and it is always valid even if it is received from an initiator Table 3 4 summarizes which fields are defined by the application client and interpreted by the drive for each service action and scope value The reservation keys and APTPL are explained in previous sections C141 E167 3 59 Command Specifications Table 3 4 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions and valid parameters Parameters Service Action Allowed Scope type Reservation Service Action Element Key Reservation Key Parameters REGISTER
328. t is possible to secure the cache memory area necessary to read all the logical data blocks specified in a PRE FETCH command which specifies a link in the case of Immed 1 or when reading of all the specified logical data blocks is completed in the case of Immed 0 The IDD does not support the PRE FETCH command Therefore this status is not reported RESERVATION CONFLICT status This status indicates that the IDD is reserved by another INIT and that use is impossible until the reserved status is canceled Normally an INIT which receives this status reissues the original command after waiting an appropriate period of time COMMAND TERMINATED status This status is reported when the IDD has completed the executing input output operation when it received a TERMINATE I O PROCESS message from the INIT QUEUE FULL status This status is reported if the IDD cannot register a received tagged command in the command queue because there is no empty space in the command queue Outline of Command Processing Single commands Following shows single command processing examples which are the most basic operations on the SCSI bus Furthermore if disconnect processing is permitted it may be accompanied by disconnect reconnect processing during the command execution depending on the type of command but this operation is omitted in the following explanation The disconnect function is described in Section 1 3 3 1 The INIT sets the
329. t the AWRE flag and DTE flag are not applied WRITE SAME 41 ain ene semanas X4 A F Logical Block Address MSB a Logical Block Address a ae Logical Block Address gt Logical Block Address LSB Number of Blocks MSB a aa Number of Blocks LSB fs fo fefe oo ofe fm This command requests that the device server write the single block of data transferred by the application client to the medium multiple times to consecutive multiple logical blocks A Logical Block data LBdata bit of zero and a Physical Block data PBdata bit of zero indicates that the single block of data transferred by the application client shall be used without modification A LBdata bit of one requests that the device server replace the first four bytes of the data to be written to the current logical block with the logical block address of the block currently being written A PBdata bit of one requests that the device server replace the first eight bytes of the data to be written to the current physical sector with the physical address of the sector currently being written using the physical sector format C141 E167 3 113 Command Specifications The IDD is not supported a PBdata bit Therefore if PBdata bit is one this command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 A Relative Address RelAdr bit of zero indicates that the Logical Block Address field specifies th
330. t the command which was executed last was terminated ERROR normally with a recovery operation by the IDD If multiple errors which were successfully recovered from during processing of a single command occurred the last error to have occurred is reported Rounding processing of the MODE SELECT parameter was performed NOT READY The disk drive is not in a state where it can be accessed 3 MEDIUM An irrecoverable error was detected due to a defect in the disk media or ERROR an error in the recorded data HARDWARE The IDD detected an error in the hardware for which recovery processing is ERROR impossible during command execution or self diagnosis ILLEGAL An illegal value was detected in the parameter transferred in the CDB or REQUEST the specification in the command Also an error in the LUN specification If the IDD detects an illegal parameter in the CDB it terminates the command without changing the contents of the disk media If an illegal parameter is detected in the parameters transferred from the INIT in the DATA OUT phase the contents of the disk media may be changed by that command UNIT A UNIT ATTENTION condition occurred See Section 1 5 concerning ATTENTION details of the UNIT ATTENTION condition 7 DATA 1 An illegal operation was attempted in an area where a read or write PROTECT operation is prohibited In this case that command is not executed 2 A SET LIMITS command was issued 2 times in a group of commands linked in
331. ta specified in the WRITE or WRITE EXTENDED command it reports the GOOD status and terminates the command Note If the write cache function is permitted data transferred form the INIT by a WRITE or WRITE EXTENDED command are written to the disk media after the GOOD status is reported so when an unrecoverable write error is detected in that write operation sense data is generated When those sense data is being held the IDD ordinarily responds to the command that is executed next by a CHECK status deferred error notifying the INIT that sense data is being held However ordinarily it is troublesome for the INIT to retry when there is an unrecoverable error in a write cache operation so adequate caution should be exercised when using this function C141 E167 2 11 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 3 Command Specifications Control Sense Commands Data Access Commands Format Commands Maintenance Diagnostic Commands This chapter describes detailed specifications of the SCSI commands which the IDD is equipped with and how to use them 3 1 Control Sense Commands 3 1 1 TEST UNIT READY 00 This command checks the status of the disk drive This command is executed immediately without queueing in a system which issues only commands with no tags or links If the IDD is in the ready state and it is possible for it to be used by the application client which issues this command a GOOD status is reported
332. ta transferred to the INIT from the IDD by the READ LONG command The Transfer byte length field in the CDB indicates the number of bytes of data transferred from the INIT by this command When the Transfer byte length specification is zero this command is terminated normally without performing anything If a value specifying a length other than zero that does not match the data format on the disk media is specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without data being transferred to the INIT The sense data at this time indicate the following contents and the INIT can determine the correct Transfer byte length from their contents 3 112 C141 E167 3 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 4 7 e Sense Key 05 ILLEGAL REQUEST e Sense Code Sub sense Code 24 00 Invalid field in CDB e VALID Bit i 22 e IT bit 1 e Information Field Transfer ae length in the CDB Original Transfer byte length Remark The calculation formula for the information field expresses 1 logical data block as n physical sectors and n sub sectors and when negative as a complement of 2 Error recovery processing during execution of this command is performed in accordance with the specifications in the MODE SELECT parameters Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Page Code 21 Additional Error Recovery Parameter bu
333. tate and it cannot receive a new command Normally an INIT that receives this status reissues the original command after waiting an appropriate period of time The IDD reports the BUSY status in the following cases the command stack function is explained in Section 1 4 a If the IDD receives a new command while it is executing or is queuing command except a command without executing disconnect processing as shown in Section 1 3 3 but the INIT which issued that command does not satisfy the disconnect enable conditions b If the IDD receives a command without executing disconnect processing as shown in Section 1 3 3 while it is executing or is queuing command c If the DISCONNECT message for command queuing has been rejected by the INIT while the IDD is executing or queuing command d If a command with executing untagged disconnect processing is received while the command queue is full INTERMEDIATE status This status indicates that a command which specifies a link except the last command in a group of linked commands with 1 as its Link bit has been completed normally If a command which specifies a link is completed abnormally and the CHECK CONDITION status or RESERVATION CONFLICT status is reported the command link is broken an the subsequent linked commands are not executed C141 E167 1 7 Command Processing 6 7 8 9 1 3 INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MET Status This status is reported when i
334. te 1 GOOD status This status indicates that execution of the command ended normally 1 6 C141 E167 1 2 Status Byte 2 3 4 5 CHECK CONDITION status This status is reported in the following cases a to c The IDD generates sense data when it reports this status and indicates the detailed cause The INIT issues a REQUEST SENSE command when it receives this status and should sample sense data a If the sense key of the sense data indicates RECOVERED ERROR 1 the last command which is the last command indicates that it ended normally with the error recovery processing executed by the IDD b Ifthe sense key of the sense data indicates UNIT ATTENTION 6 it indicates that the IDD was holding the UNIT ATTENTION condition Details of the UNIT ATTENTION condition are described in Section 1 5 c In cases other than the above it indicates that command execution is impossible or that command execution was terminated abnormally CONDITION MET Status This status is reported when it is possible to secure the cache memory area necessary for reading all the logical data blocks specified in the PRE FETCH command in the case of Immed 1 or when reading of all the specified logical data blocks is completed in the case of Immed 0 The IDD does not support the PRE FETCH command Therefore this status is not reported BUSY status This status indicates that the IDD is in the busy s
335. ted by the IDD and their page codes and lengths are as shown below C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Page Code Page Descriptor Name CCS SCSI 2 SCSI 3 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter 8 bytes 12 bytes 12 bytes 2 Disconnect Reconnect Parameter 12 bytes 16 bytes 16 bytes 3 Format Parameter 24 bytes 24 bytes 24 bytes 4 Drive Parameter 20 bytes 24 bytes 24 bytes 7 Verify Error Recovery Parameter 12 bytes 12 bytes 12 bytes 8 Read Caching Parameter 20 bytes 20 bytes 20 bytes A Control Mode Parameter 12 bytes 12 bytes 12 bytes C Notch Parameter 24 bytes 24 bytes 24 bytes 1C Information of exceptions control parameter 12 bytes 12 bytes 12 bytes 21 Additional Error Recovery Parameter 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 3F All Page Descriptors Supported by the IDD 68 bytes 160 bytes 160 bytes When the value specified in the Page code field is other than X 3F the specified Page descriptor only is transferred to the INIT and when X 3F is specified all the Page descriptors supported by the IDD are transferred to the INIT in the ascending order of the page code but if SCSI 1 CCS is specified by the CHANGE DEFINITION command SCSI level Page code 7 Page code 8 Page code A Page code C and Page code IC are not transferred Also when X 00 is specified in the Page code field the Page descriptor is not transferred If page codes other than the abovementioned ones Page descriptors which are not supported by the IDD are specif
336. that occurred on the SCSI bus or in the disk drive command completion time will be longer than normal BUS FREE error This error occurs in the case that the SCSI bus enters the BUS FREE phase at a time when the INIT is not expecting it during execution of a command on the SCSI bus Even in cases where a RESET condition is generated by another SCSI device on the bus the same state occurs but the occurrence of an unexpected RESET condition should be processed as an abnormal state of the system C141 E167 5 13 Sense Data Error Recovery Methods 5 2 2 The cause of this error is the occurrence of an unrecoverable error on the SCSI bus the occurrence of a serious protocol error etc For details concerning the causes of errors see Chapter 3 SCSI Bus Error Recovery Processing in Chapter 3 of the SCSI Physical Specifications When this error is detected the INIT should issue the REQUEST SENSE command and gather sense data then judge the error recovery method according to the contents of the sense data see Section 4 2 2 Sense data analysis and error recovery methods The INIT can judge the procedure for error recovery by analyzing the contents of the sense data fetched by the REQUEST SENSE command Table 5 3 the classifications of error information displayed in the sense data are shown and in Table 5 4 the procedures for error recovery recommended for the INIT to execute are shown The error recovery procedure which can be exe
337. the returned parameter data If the length is not sufficient to contain all the parameter data the first portion of the data shall be returned This shall not be considered an error The actual length of the parameter data is available in the Identifier Length field in the parameter data If the remainder of the parameter data is required the application client should send a new REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command with an Allocation Length field large enough to contain all the data The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list are shown below Identifier Length n 4 E Identifier C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands The Identifier Length field specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the Allocation Length field in the CDB is too small to transfer all of the identifier the length shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation The identifier length shall initially equal zero and shall be changed only by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The Identifier field shall contain a vendor specific value The value reported shall be the last value written by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The value of the identifier shall be changed only by a SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The identifier value shall persist through resets power cycles media format operations and media replacement The target shall return the same Identifier to all initiators on all ports The execution of a REPOR
338. thod of use or information that is of value to the user Requesting for User s Comments Please use the User s Comment Form attached to the end of this manual to identify user comments including error inaccurate and misleading information of this manual Contact to your Fujitsu representative for additional comment forms if required C141 E167 lil Preface Related Standards Specifications and functions of products covered by this manual comply with the following standards Standard Text No Enacting Organization ANSI X3 131 1986 American National Standard for American National Information Systems Small Computer Standards Institute System Interface SCSI ANSI ANSI X3 131 1994 American National Standard for American National Information Systems Small Computer Standards Institute System Interface 2 SCSI 2 ANSD X3T9 2 85 52 Rev 4 B COMMON COMMAND SET CCS of American National the Small Computer System Interface Standards Institute SCSD ANSD X3T9 2 855D Rev 12 WORKING DRAFT Information American National Technology SCSI 3 Parallel Interface Standards Institute ANSI T10 1236 D Rev 19 Information technology SCSI Primary American National Commands 2 SPC 2 Standards Institute ANSI T10 project 996D Rev 8C Information Technology SCSI 3 Block American National Commands SBC Standards Institute ANSI X3T10 994D Rev 18 Information technology SCSI 3 American National Architecture Model SAM Standards
339. tion time b If disconnecting after the final data transfer is completed In the case of a disconnect after transfer of all the data necessary for execution of a command has been completed normally example a WRITE command the IDD sends a DISCONNECT message after sending the SAVE DATA POINTER message After that the IDD executes reconnection processing and enters the STATUS phase immediately and reports the status byte without requesting a data transfer C141 E167 1 13 Command Processing 5 6 Note In disconnect processing in this case transfer of all the data accompanying execution of the command is complete and there is actually no necessity for the SAVE DATA POINTER message However by issuing the SAVE DATA POINTER message processing time increases due to the message transfer but as a result of the pointer restore operation that is executed internally by the INIT during reconnection processing for the status report the current data pointer can reflect the final results of the data transfer Disconnect processing exceptions When the previously mentioned disconnect processing is executed if the ATTENTION condition is generated for the DISCONNECT message sent by the IDD and the INIT returns the MESSAGE REJECT message the IDD executes the command with the connections to the SCSI bus remaining as is without executing disconnect processing Cases of disconnect processing in which a pointer operation is necessar
340. to the data buffer Then when a READ command or READ EXTENDED command issued later specifies any of those Look Ahead data blocks the IDD transfers those data directly to the INIT from the data buffer without accessing the disk media In this way when continuous logical data block groups are read sequentially by multiple commands mechanical access operations can be eliminated and effective access time greatly reduced An INIT can prohibit the operation of this Look Ahead cache feature by setting the caching parameter described in section 2 2 2 C141 E167 2 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature 1 Caching object commands Commands which execute caching operations are the commands shown below e READ e READ EXTENDED If all the data block groups which are objects of the processing specified in these commands or a portion of the data blocks including the top logical data block specified in these commands are relevant data See item 2 for caching in the data buffer if they hit when the IDD receives a command and performs disconnect processing it immediately reconnects and sends the data on the data buffer which can be transferred to the INIT The caching operation can be disabled by the FUA bit of the READ EXTENDED command If 1 is specified in the FUA bit the IDD reads data from the disk media On the other hand if the top logical data block specified in a command is not relevant data for caching in the data buffer if they miss re
341. transfer disconnect processing is performed However in the case of commands with a data state in cases where it is hit in the cache etc or with a number of processing modes other than cases where the command is in a queue disconnect processing may not be executed depending on the processing content specification of the command 1 12 C141 E167 1 3 Outline of Command Processing 2 3 4 Basic disconnect processing procedure Disconnect processing is executed basically by the following processing procedure 1 Ifthe IDD judges that it is possible for it to disconnect from the SCSI bus during execution of a command it sends a DISCONNECT message to the INIT and enters the BUS FREE phase At this time if necessary the IDD sends a message to activate a pointer in the INIT which precedes sending of the DISCONNECT message Furthermore for details concerning pointers refer to the SCSI pointer description in SCSI Physical Interface Specifications and Chapter 2 SCSI Messages 2 After the IDD enters the BUS FREE phase it is possible for the INIT to issue other commands Also it is possible for an IDD which has performed disconnect processing to receive input output operation requests from each INIT this is explained in the description of the command queuing function in Section 1 4 3 The IDD executes the command which performs disconnect processing internally 4 After that the IDD executes reconnection p
342. trol Sense Commands 3 1 18 1 2 READ RESERVATIONS In the READ RESERVATION service action the drive transfers the following information to the initiator as a parameter data list e Current generation value See Section 3 1 18 2 e Reservation keys registered by initiators that keep persistent reservations e Scope value and type value e Scope specific address only the Element scope When the READ RESERVATION service action is executed if no persistent reservation is held by the drive zero is set in the Additional Length field which is transferred as parameter data on the list 3 1 18 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS The format for parameter data transferred in the READ KEYS service action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is shown below M Generation Header Ri a Additional Length n 7 z First reservation key 1 Reservation me Ry key list Last reservation key m The Generation field contains a 32 bit counter value maintained by the driver This counter value is incremented every time the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command requests execution of the REGISTER REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY CLEAR PREEMPT or PREEMPT AND ABORT service action C141 E167 3 51 Command Specifications This counter value is not incremented in the following cases When the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is executed When the RESERVE or RELEASE service action of the PERSISTEN
343. trol flags within the header e FOV format option valid 0 Indicates that the INIT does not specially specify concerning the functions specified by the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 see following DPRY to STPF The IDD executes format processing in accordance with the default values of the various control flags If the INIT specifies 0 in this bit 0 must be specified in all the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 1 Indicates that the INIT is clearly specifying the functions specified by the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 see following DPRY to STPF The IDD executes format processing according to the values specified in the various control flags e DPRY disable primary Default value 0 0 Specifies execution of format processing using the P List Alternate blocks are allocated as substitutes for sectors in which defects registered in the P List exist and logical data blocks are not positioned there 1 Specifies use of the P List in defect processing Even if this value is specified the P List itself is saved without being erased Note When the disk media is being initialized for normal operation the P List must by all means be used Therefore 0 should be specified in this bit e DCRT disable certification Default value 0 0 Specifies that data block verification be performed after initialization of the disk media The IDD confirms that all
344. tus cece iessess osno sneis st osii siester erao SETETE EEE os aei KSEE n tss 5 12 Tables 1 1 Responses to Link Specification Commands esesseessessseessrsreerestertsrerrrsesrerrrererrenesreerrsrerrsse 1 10 1 2 Types of Command and Disconnect Processing cece eeeeeeeeeceesecesecssecsecseecseeeseeeaeenseenseenaes 1 12 1 3 Sense data in not ready state ss 0 siesta seen case res ep Ees oir Tos E rE rE asro skgesseevbsbsges chesseevebsa hase ones 1 25 1 4 Outline of SCSI Bus Error Recovery Processing cceeceecescesecesecssecseecseeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeesseeseensees 1 26 1 5 Outline of disk drive error recovery processing eee eeceseceseceseceseceeecaeeeseeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeseesees 1 27 1 6 Reset processing during Write ee ee eee cesecee esse ceecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeecsecssecsaecsaeseseeeeeeeeeeerenseenees 1 28 3 1 MODE SENSE Data Type Specifications 20 0 eee ec eeceseceseceseceseceecaeecaeeeaeseeeeseeeseeeeseseenaeenaes 3 30 3 2 Persistent reservation type CodeS 3 cesccsscesisssses cous csssseasthsesevs sreo Enso idesscossovencssebsnesonsosvesssssoacbusnss 3 55 3 3 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command service action codes esseeeseeeeeseersrerrsreerrsrrsreeres 3 58 3 4 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions and valid parameters eeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 3 60 35 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing cece eeceeeeeseeescesseceseceeecaeecseeeaeeeeeeeeeseseeseennees 3 83 3 6 Error recovery control flags during the self diagnosis test
345. tus ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 A Parameter List Length of zero indicates that no pages shall be transferred This condition shall not be considered an error Note The IDD does not support that the application client should send pages in ascending order by page code value if the Data Out Buffer contains multiple pages EA Page Code Reserved Header Page Length MSB Page Length LSB a sa Log Parameter First ey Length x P Log 2 a m Parameter Log Parameter Last Pe Length y a C141 E167 3 45 Command Specifications 1 2 Page code This field indentifies which log page is being transferred The log pages that can be transferred by this command are shown below 01 Buffer Overrun Underrun Page Disable 02 Write Error Counter Page Enable 03 Read Error Counter Page Enable 05 Verify Error Counter Page Enable 06 Non medium Error Page Enable OD Tempature Page Disable OE Start stop Cycle Counter Page Enable only 0002 OF Application Client Log Page Enable 10 Self Test Result Log Page Disable Page length This field specifies the length in bytes of the following log parameters If the application client sends a page length that results in the truncation of any parameter the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in paramter list 26 00 The log pages contain one or more special data structures
346. u unique code Abnormal Rotation of Spindle Motor Any error at Spindle Motor Start On track failure EEE C Sense Code Q Sub sense Code 5 10 C141 E167 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 1 2 3 5 2 5 2 1 Sense data additional information Bytes 18 to 47 of sense data are defined as a Fujitsu unique field and indicate the additional information which is explained below IDD SCSI ID This field shows the SCSI ID of the very IDD which generated the sense data CDB operation code This field indicates the operation code the value in the first byte of the CDB of the command where the error occurred When sense data are generated without relation to the INIT issuing a command this field shows zero Detailed information The information displayed in bytes 20 to 47 of sense data is information defined by Fujitsu for the specific product for the purpose of analyzing trouble and the contents of this information are not made public However the user should present this information to the persons in charge at Fujitsu as troubleshooting and repair information collected in error logging shown in Section 5 3 3 of all the bytes in sense data including this field INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended When a single command or a series of linked commands are not terminated with a GOOD status or TASK COMPLETE message reported the INIT should execute error recovery processing corresponding
347. uld pass this form to the section in charge of distribution in FUJITSU Reply By This page is intentionally left blank CO FUJITSU
348. unds up the specified value to the value which is the nearest data block boundary Also if zero is specified in any of these parameters If X 00 is specified the IDD assigns an appropriate value for this parameter that is determined by IDD However parameter values specified from the INIT in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command are held as is and those values are reported in response to a MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Rounding processing of the parameters is not done by the IDD Bus inactivity limit This parameter indicates the maximum time that the TARG is permitted to keep the SCSI bus in the busy state BSY signal TRUE without executing a REQ ACK handshake in multiples of 100 us In the IDD this value is 100 us during normal operation It is impossible for this parameter to be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value Disconnect time limit This parameter specifies the maximum time that the TARG is permitted to continue in the disconnect state until it starts reconnect processing in multiples of 100 us In the IDD this value is 0 us It is impossible for this parameter to be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value Connect time limit This parameter specifies the maximum time that the TARG is permitted to use the SCSI bus until it starts
349. unt of Data in the Buffer Y Buffer Fu ll Ratio SCSI Bus o y K X DATA IN Reconnection Data Storage Completion Wait Figure 2 2 Example of data buffer operation during read 2 Write operation After data transferred from the INIT are stored temporarily in the data buffer they are written to the disk media The basic write operation procedure is as shown below 1 When the IDD receives a command and disconnects it immediately reconnects and enters the DATA OUT phase and stores data transferred from the INIT to the data buffer data pre fetch At this time the IDD locates the position of the data block on the disk media specified by the command in parallel When storing of all the data specified in the command in the data buffer is completed or if the empty space in the data buffer is all filled during data storage due to the volume of the specified data the IDD performs disconnect processing and disconnects from the SCSI bus 2 When locating of the target data block on the disk media is completed the IDD writes the data in the data buffer to the disk media If the target data block location operation is completed during the data pre fetch processing in 1 writing of data to the disk media is performed in parallel with the data pre fetch to the data buffer C141 E167 Data Buffer Management 3 4 5 If the data transfer rate of the INIT SCSI bus
350. urned shall be FFh If EWASC mode page 1C is on comparison is performed between the temperature value specified in parameter 0000h and the reference temperature specified in parameter 0001h C141 E167 4 51 Parameter Data Formats 4 2 7 2 Reference temperature Page 0D Code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Temperature X 02 Parameter Length X 00 Reserved Reference Temperature degrees Celsius The Reference Temperature reflect the maximum reported sensor temperature in degrees Celsius at which the device can operate continuously without degrading the device s operation or reliability outside the limits specified by the manufacturer of the device 4 2 8 Start stop cycle counter page X 0E Bit All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 52 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 8 1 Date of manufacture Page 0E Code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Date of Manufacture Year of manufacture 4 ASCII characters Week of manufacture 2 ASCII characters The year and week in the year that the device was manufactured shall be set in the parameter field defined by parameter code 0001h The date of manufacture shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The date is expressed in numeric ASCII characters 30h 39h in the form YY YYWW as shown above 4 2 8 2 Accounting date Page
351. usgestescevshesee 3 44 3 1 17 LOG SENSE AD 3 sess tsccatiiehin conus nt ER T EE E RE E EN 3 48 3 1 18 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN SE erener reseve ere oirne eies oaie sos iea roiroi iiie kee 3 49 3 1 18 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actionS eesssessseesereresreeresrerrrsrrrrsresreerrsreeresene 3 50 31 18 11 READKEYS ariei eA E E E E ER E ste Bede 3 50 3 1 18 1 2 READ RESERVATIONS eruera e i rE erento 3 51 3 1 18 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS eects 3 51 3 1 18 3 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS 3 52 3 1 18 3 1 Persistent reservation SCOPC ceeceseceseceeeceeeeeeceeecesecsecsecsaecsaecseecaeeeseseaeeeeeeeens 3 53 3 1 18 3 2 Persistent reservations type 0 0 cece cee ceeeeseeeeeeseceeeeesecsecesecsaecsaecseecseeeseeeeseneeeaees 3 54 viii C141 E167 Contents 3 1 19 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT SE icvsccsssiscsiesdestceispesscusevsctesthsscesecovssneeiosusessesvasbunsbpasesess 3 56 3 1 19 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions 00 00 eee cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseesaeenaes 3 57 3 1 19 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list cece cee csecseecreeeeeeeeeeseeeerenseenees 3 58 31 20 REPORT LUNS CAO ce peere skeane nsee aa tole ch des toed eE TE E EE a EE P E 3 60 3 1 21 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3 veetee b iriser tresia rea araeir eere 3 62 3 1 22 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 a E e n aii 3 63 3 2 Data Access Commands isipin eee ress oeie oao E EEE EESE EEE
352. ut executing a data transfer Mode 0 0 1 1 Buffer descriptor When this mode is specified the IDD transfers only the 4 byte buffer descriptor to the INIT the IDD s data buffer attributes are indicated in the 4 byte buffer descriptor Zero must be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB when this mode is specified The IDD transfers the data length specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB or 4 bytes whichever portion of data is smaller to the INIT When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer o X 02 Addressing Boundary X 78 Buffer Capacity MSB X 00 Buffer Capacity X 00 Buffer Capacity LSB Figure 3 26 READ BUFFER command buffer descriptor C141 E167 3 109 Command Specifications 5 6 The Addressing boundary field in the buffer descriptor indicates the addressing boundary in the data buffer which can be specified in the WRITE BUFFER Command and the READ BUFFER Command as a Power when expressed as a Power of 2 The IDDs report X 02 2 indicating that it is possible to specify the address in 4 byte units Also the Buffer capacity field indicates the byte length of the size of the data buffer which can be operated by the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands Note Exercise caution regarding the following points when using this command If the WRITE BUFFE
353. values do not exist for parameters other than those on Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 the same values as Default values 01 Variable Values The INIT reports variable parameter fields and parameter bits through the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command A 1 is reported in the variable fields and bit positions in each page descriptor and 0 is reported in the fields and bit positions which cannot be changed See the description of each page descriptor for the MODE SELECT command Section 3 1 5 concerning the variability of each parameter 10 Default Values Reports the Default value of each parameter See the description of each page descriptor for the MODE SELECT command Section 3 1 5 concerning the actual default value of each parameter 11 Save Values Reports the Save value of each parameter The Save values are either of the following values e For parameters other than those on Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 these are the values specified in a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command in which the SP bit after the final execution is completed is 1 When a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command in which the SP bit is 1 is not executed when Save values do not exist these are the same values as the Default values e The values in the parameters in Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 are the values save to the disk media during execution of the FORMAT UNIT command The Trans
354. ve does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported e Data Overrun Count of data overruns which occur during read operation when a buffer full condition prevents continued transfer of data from the media to the buffer The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported 4 2 3 Write error count page X 02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 X 00 Reserved Page Length MSB Page Length LSB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 2 3 1 Write errors recovered without delays Page 02 Code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered write errors that would not be reported to the initiator during write operations because no delay is incurred The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported 4 40 C141 E167 4 2 Log Parameters 4 2 3 2 Write errors recovered with possible delays Page 02 Code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered write errors that would not be reported to the initiator during write operations because possible delay is incurred 4 2 3 3 Total posted write errors Page 02 Code 0002
355. ve will save all parameters to the disc medium A SP bit of zero specifies that parameters is not saved It is not an error to set the SP bit to one and to set the DS bit of a log parameter to one In this case the parameter value for that log parameter is not saved The Parameter Code Reset PCR bit of one and a Parameter list length of zero cause all implemented parameters to be set to zero It also clears the SMART Failure Warning and the Thermal Warning If the PCR bit is one and the parameter list length is greater than zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION statusILLEGAL REQUEST 5 INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 In this case the log paramters are not cleared A PCR bit of zero specifies that the log parameters is not reset The Page Control PC bits specifies a kind and treatment content of parameters that changed by this command as shown below 3 44 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Value Description 00b Current threshold values Olb Current cumulative values 10b Default threshold values 11b Default cumulative values The PC bits are ignored by the drive The drive assumes that current cumulative parameters are selected The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the parameter list that is located in the Data Out Buffer If a parameter list length results in the truncation of any log parameter the device server terminates this command with CHECK CONDITION sta
356. ween erroneous Servo 1 and 1 including Split sector This function is also applied for the sector which has already been re assigned Remark 1 When a write protection is prohibitted through the setting terminal the auto alternate block allocation processing specification is disabled Error recovery processing control The INIT can by specifying the MODE SELECT parameters can control the error recovery processing retries of the IDD with respect to each type of error related to the disk drive Table 5 5 shows the types of error and the method of specifying the number of retries for those errors for those items where the INIT can specify the number of retries normally it is recommended that the default value or a greater number of times be specified If a value smaller than the default value is specified and commands are terminated abnormally without error recovery processing succeeding the INIT should reset the corresponding MODE SELECT parameters at the default value then reexecute the original commands The MODE SELECT parameters related to disk drive error recovery processing which the INIT can specify are shown below See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 3 1 5 concerning details of the functions of each parameter The INIT can issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command as necessary and select the error recovery flags and the number of retries a Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 1
357. with the INIT once is effective until a RESET condition occurs or until a TARGET RESET message is issued by any INITs Therefore in order for the INIT to avoid overhead time for message exchange the INIT should not send the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message and the SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message or PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message to the TARG each time the SELECTION phase is executed When the requesting synchronous mode transfer wide mode data transfer by specifying of the CHANGE DEFINITION command synchronous mode transfer wide mode data transfer request is permitted and the IDD is maintaining the default transfer mode asynchronous 8 bit width if a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message is not sent from the INIT the IDD enters the MESSAGE IN phase immediately after the COMMAND phase and sends the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message to the INIT for attempting to set the 16 bit width mode After establishing the bus width the IDD sends the SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message to the INIT and attempts the synchronous mode transfer parameters REQ ACK offset 127 Transfer period 25 ns C141 E167 1 15 Command Processing 1 4 The IDD maintains data transfer mode settings between itself and each INIT individually Therefore an INIT which uses asynchronous mode transfer and an INIT which uses synchronous mode transfer can both coexist on the same SCSI bus Also the parameters for synchronous mode transfers decided b
358. with the SCSI 3 Medium Changer Commands SMC standard Support of Element Scope is optional 3 1 18 3 2 Persistent reservations type The Type field value defines the reservation attributes applied to data blocks within the logical unit Table 3 2 shows attributes for four Type values Table 3 2 shows the code value for each Type and requirements for the supporting drive The requirements for the supporting drive are explained in two paragraphs The first paragraph describes the handling required for read operations The second paragraph describes the handling required for write operations 3 54 C141 E167 3 1 Control Sense Commands Table 3 2 Persistent reservation type codes fe free o ooo Write Reads Shared Any initiator can execute read commands Exclusive f Au f Writes Exclusive Except by an initiator holding a persistent reservation a write command executed by any initiator causes a reservation conflict Exclusive Reads Exclusive A read command executed by any initiator except an initiator Access holding a persistent reservation causes a reservation conflict Writes Exclusive A write command executed by any initiator except an initiator holding a persistent reservation causes a reservation conflict a e S o Write Reads Shared Any initiator can execute read commands Exclusive Registrants Writes Exclusive A write command executed by any initiator whose reservation Only key is not registered us
359. wn SCSI ID when the SELECTION phase is executed When the INIT s ID cannot be specified this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Initiator s SCSI ID not identified 90 00 without this command being executed Also the value specified in CDB byte 2 has no meaning and is disregarded but it is desirable for X 00 to be specified by the INIT in this byte Release function This command releases a reserve state if a reserve state exists and if the INIT which issued this command has a reserve right for the entire IDD logical unit See Reserve Right and Third Party Reserve Function in RESERVE command Section 3 1 11 concerning the definition of Reserve Right Release object and third party release function When the 3rd Pty bit in CDB byte 1 is 0 this command cancels a reserve state if it exists in the IDD that has been reserved by a RESERVE command without the INIT that issued this command specifying the third party reserve function When the 3rd Pty bit is 1 the third party release function is specified and this command can release a reserve state established in the past by the third party reserve function When the third party release function is specified this command releases the reserve state only when the INIT that issued this command is the same as the INIT that used the RESERVE command in the past to specify the third party reserve function which caused the IDD to be reserved for the SC
360. y and the SAVE DATA POINTER message is rejected are the same Reconnection processing procedure The reconnection processing procedure is as shown below 1 The IDD executes the ARBITRATION phase at the point when processing on the SCSI bus is necessary and gets the SCSI bus control right then reconnects with the INIT in the RESELECTION phase 2 After that the IDD sends the IDENTIFY message to the INIT and notifies it of the logical unit number LUN necessary for reconnection processing If a tagged queuing command is executed the IDD sends the SIMPLE message to inform the INIT of the tag ID The INIT reads the Saved pointer command data and status corresponding to the LUN specified at this time and restores it to the current pointer Note 1 2 If there is no response from the INIT within the specified time default 250 ms in the RESELECTION phase the IDD performs timeout processing then enters the BUS FREE phase In this case after waiting 200 ms or longer the IDD executes the predetermined number of retries re executing the RESELECTION phase However if it still cannot reconnect with the INIT after that the IDD clears the command necessary for reconnection processing and generates sense data indicating ABORTED COMMAND B Select Reselect failure 45 00 If the INIT rejects the IDENTIFY message or if it rejects the SIMPLE message when executing a tagged queuing command the IDD clears the command that was bei
361. y the SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message can differ for each INIT and an INIT which uses the 8 bit width transfer mode can coexist with an INIT which uses the 16 bit width transfer mode Note When the INIT issues the first command after the TARG s power is switched on or after a RESET condition occurs it can send the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message and the SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message However when the TARG is set internally on a data transfer mode established previously by a TARGET RESET message issued by another INIT generally the INIT is not aware of it In such case when requesting synchronous mode wide mode transfer is permitted by the specification of the CHANGE DEFINITION command synchronous mode wide mode transfer request the TARG IDD sends the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST and SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER messages to establish the synchronous mode wide mode transfer again Thus the INIT shall respond to these messages for setting necessary parameters again See CHANGE DEFINITION in Section 3 1 4 SCSI Bus INFORMATION TRANSFER Phase in Chapter 1 and SCSI Messages SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST in Chapter 2 of SCSI Physical Interface Specifications for further details Command Queuing Function The IDD equips a command queuing function Through queuing of commands the IDD can receive multiple commands in advance and execute them The

Fujitsu MAP3147 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents